Compositions and methods for immune repertoire sequencing

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure provides methods, compositions, kits, and systems useful in the determination and evaluation of the immune repertoire. In one aspect, target-specific primer panels provide for the effective amplification of sequences of T cell receptor and/or B cell receptor chains with improved sequencing accuracy and resolution over the repertoire. Variable regions associated with the immune cell receptor are resolved to effectively portray clonal diversity of a biological sample and/or differences associated with the immune cell repertoire of a biological sample.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to and the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/586,099 filed Nov. 14, 2017, U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/553,736 filed Sep. 1, 2017, U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/539,409 filed Jul. 31, 2017, U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/480,227 filed Mar. 31, 2017, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/447,348 filed Jan. 17, 2017. The entire contents of each of the aforementioned applications are incorporated herein by reference.

SEQUENCE LISTING

The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Mar. 12, 2018, is named LT01212_SL.txt and is 138,329 bytes in size.

BACKGROUND

Adaptive immune response comprises selective response of B and T cells recognizing antigens. The immunoglobulin genes encoding antibody (Ab, in B cell) and T-cell receptor (TCR, in T cell) antigen receptors comprise complex loci wherein extensive diversity of receptors is produced as a result of recombination of the respective variable (V), diversity (D), and joining (J) gene segments, as well as subsequent somatic hypermutation events during early lymphoid differentiation. The recombination process occurs separately for both subunit chains of each receptor and subsequent heterodimeric pairing creates still greater combinatorial diversity. Calculations of the potential combinatorial and junctional possibilities that contribute to the human immune receptor repertoire have estimated that the number of possibilities greatly exceeds the total number of peripheral B or T cells in an individual. See, for example, Davis and Bjorkman (1988) Nature 334:395-402; Arstila et al. (1999) Science 286:958-961; van Dongen et al., In: Leukemia, Henderson et al. (eds) Philadelphia: WB Saunders Company, 2002, pp 85-129.

Extensive efforts have been made over years to improve analysis of the immune repertoire at high resolution. Means for specific detection and monitoring of expanded clones of lymphocytes would provide significant opportunities for characterization and analysis of normal and pathogenic immune reactions and responses. Despite efforts, effective high resolution analysis has provided challenges. Low throughput techniques such as Sanger sequencing may provide resolution, but are limited to provide efficient means to broadly capture the entire immune repertoire. Recent advances in next generation sequencing (NGS) have provided access to capturing the repertoire, however, due to the nature of the numerous related sequences and introduction of sequence errors as a result of the technology, efficient and effective reflection of the true repertoire has proven difficult. Thus, new methods for effective profiling of vast repertoires of immune cell receptors are increasingly sought to better understand immune cell response, enhance diagnostic capabilities, and devise new therapeutics. Accordingly, there remains a need for improved sequencing methodologies and workflows capable of resolving complex populations of highly variable immune cell receptor sequences.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In one aspect of the invention compositions are provided for a single stream determination of an immune repertoire in a sample. In some embodiments the composition comprises at least one set of primers i) and ii), wherein i) consists of a plurality of variable (V) gene primers directed to a majority of different variable regions of an immune receptor coding sequence; and ii) consists one or more constant (C) gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target constant region of the respective immune receptor coding sequence. In some embodiments the composition comprises at least one set of primers i) and ii), wherein i) consists of a plurality of variable (V) gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of an immune receptor coding sequence; and ii) consists of a plurality of joining (J) gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence. In some embodiments the composition for analysis of an immune repertoire in a sample comprises at least one set of primers i) and ii), wherein i) consists of (a) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, or (b) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene; and ii) consists of (a) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of a C gene of the at least one immune receptor coding sequence, or (b) a plurality of J gene primers directed to at least a portion of a majority of different J genes of the at least one immune receptor coding sequence; wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to coding sequences of the same target immune receptor gene selected from a T cell receptor or an antibody receptor; and wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor is configured to amplify the target immune receptor repertoire.

In some embodiments the V gene primers recognize at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene. In some embodiments the V gene primers recognize at least a portion of framework region 2 (FR2) within the V gene. In some embodiments the V gene primers recognize at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene. Each set of i) and ii) primers are directed to the same target immune receptor sequence selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor, and configured such that resulting amplicons generated using such compositions represent the repertoire of sequences of the respective receptor in a sample. In particular embodiments, provided compositions include a plurality of primer pair reagents selected from Table 2 and Table 4. In particular embodiments, provided compositions include a plurality of primer pair reagents selected from Table 3 and Table 4. In particular embodiments, provided compositions include a plurality of primer pair reagents selected from Table 2 and Table 5. In particular embodiments, provided compositions include a plurality of primer pair reagents selected from Table 3 and Table 5. In some embodiments, provided compositions include a plurality of primer pair reagents selected from Table 4 and Table 6 or selected from Table 5 and Table 6. In some embodiments a multiplex assay comprising compositions of the invention is provided. In some embodiments a test kit comprising compositions of the invention is provided.

In other aspects of the invention, methods are provided for determining immune repertoire activity in a biological sample. Such methods comprise performing multiplex amplification of a plurality of target expression sequences from a biological sample containing target immune receptor sequences. In some embodiments, amplification comprises contacting at least a portion of the sample comprising multiple target sequences of interest using at least one set of primers comprising i) and ii), wherein i) comprises a plurality of V gene target-specific primers directed to a majority of different variable regions of at least one immune receptor coding sequence and ii) comprises one or more C gene target specific primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target constant region of the immune receptor coding sequence. In some embodiments, amplification comprises contacting at least a portion of the sample comprising multiple target sequences of interest using at least one set of primers comprising i) and ii), wherein i) comprises a plurality of V gene target-specific primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence and ii) comprises a plurality of -J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence. Each set of primers i) and ii) is directed to the same target immune receptor coding sequence wherein each target immune receptor is selected from a T cell receptor or an antibody receptor sequence, and performing amplification using each one or more sets results in amplicon sequences representing the entire repertoire sequences of the respective immune receptor(s) in the sample of interest. In certain embodiments, methods comprise amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction in the presence of a polymerase under amplification conditions to produce a plurality of amplified target expression sequences comprising one or more immune receptors of interest having a variable, diversity, joining, and constant (VDJC) gene portion or one or more immune receptors of interest having a variable, joining, and constant (VJC) gene portion.

In some embodiments, the method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample comprises performing a single multiplex amplification reaction to amplify expressed target immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules using at least one set of:

-   -   i) (a) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of         different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding         sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1         (FR1) within the V gene,     -    (b) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of         different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding         sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 2         (FR2) within the V gene, or     -    (c) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of         different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding         sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3         (FR3) within the V gene; and     -   ii) (a) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a         portion of a C gene of the at least one immune receptor coding         sequence, or     -   (b) a plurality of J gene primers directed to at least a portion         of a majority of different J genes of the at least one immune         receptor coding sequence;

wherein each set of i) and ii) primers is directed to coding sequences of the same target immune receptor gene selected from a T cell receptor gene or an antibody receptor gene and wherein performing the amplification using the at least one set of i) and ii) primers results in amplicon molecules representing the target immune receptor repertoire in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules comprising the target immune receptor repertoire.

In certain embodiments at least a portion of the first framework region (FR1) of the V gene to at least a portion of the C gene of the immune receptor sequence is encompassed within amplified target immune receptor sequences. In certain embodiments at least a portion of the second framework region (FR2) of the V gene to at least a portion of the C gene of the immune receptor sequence is encompassed within amplified target immune receptor sequences. In certain embodiments at least a portion of the third framework region (FR3) of the V gene to at least a portion of the C gene of the immune receptor sequence is encompassed within amplified target immune receptor sequences. In other embodiments, methods comprise amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction in the presence of a polymerase under amplification conditions to produce a plurality of amplified target expression sequences comprising one or more immune receptors of interest having a variable, diversity, and joining (VDJ) gene portion or one or more immune receptors of interest having a variable and joining (VJ) gene portion. In certain embodiments at least a portion of the first framework region (FR1) of the V gene to at least a portion of the joining (J) gene of the immune receptor sequence is encompassed within amplified target immune receptor sequences. In certain embodiments at least a portion of the second framework region (FR2) of the V gene to at least a portion of the joining (J) gene of the immune receptor sequence is encompassed within amplified target immune receptor sequences. In certain embodiments at least a portion of the third framework region (FR3) of the V gene to at least a portion of the joining (J) gene of the immune receptor sequence is encompassed within amplified target immune receptor sequences.

Methods of the invention further comprise preparing an immune receptor repertoire library using the amplified target immune receptor sequences through introducing adapter sequences to the termini of the amplified target sequences. In some embodiments, the adapter-modified immune receptor repertoire library is clonally amplified.

The methods further comprise detecting sequences of the immune repertoire of each of the immune receptors in the sample and/or expression of each of the plurality of target immune receptor sequences, wherein a change in the level of repertoire sequences and/or expression of one or more target immune receptor markers as compared with a second sample or a control sample determines a change in immune repertoire activity in the sample. In certain embodiments sequencing of the immune receptor amplicon molecules is carried out using next generation sequence analysis to determine sequence of the immune receptor amplicons. In particular embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning and identifying productive reads and correcting errors to generate rescued productive reads and determining the sequences of the resulting total productive reads, thereby providing sequence of the immune repertoire in the sample. Provided methods described herein utilize compositions of the invention provided herein. In still other aspects of the invention, particular analysis methodology for error correction is provided in order to generate comprehensive, effective sequence information from methods provided herein.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a diagram of an exemplary workflow for removal of PCR or sequencing-derived errors using stepwise clustering of similar CDR3 nucleotides sequences with steps: (A) very fast heuristic clustering into groups based on similarity (cd-hit-est); (B) cluster representative chosen as most common sequence, randomly picked for ties; (C) merge reads into representatives; (D) compare representatives and if within allotted hamming distance, merge clusters.

FIG. 2 is a diagram of an exemplary workflow for removal of residual insertion/deletion (indel) error by comparing homopolymer collapsed CDR3 sequences using Levenshtein distance with the steps: (A) collapse homopolymers and calculate Levenshtein distances between cluster representatives; (b) merge reads that now cluster together, these represent complex indel errors; (C) report lineages to user.

FIGS. 3A-3C depict an analysis summary of sequencing the TCR beta (TRB) repertoire from a 10 plasmid pool TRB library using methods and compositions provided herein. Results depict sequencing to ˜17 million raw reads depth. FIG. 3A depicts characteristics of sample through library sequence process; FIG. 3B depicts resulting read lengths; and FIG. 3C depicts results of numbers of reads and characterization of read quality (productive/rescued productive/unproductive/off target-short).

FIGS. 4A-4B depict correlation plots comparing TCR V gene usage characterization from the same peripheral blood mononuclear cell RNA sample prepared for sequencing using three different methodologies: single primer 5′-RACE, the presently provided primers and workflows, and the BIOMED-2 primer set. FIG. 4A depicts correlation plots of TCR V gene usage comparing 5′-RACE and BIOMED-2 primer set for sample preparation. FIG. 4B depicts correlation plots of TCR V gene usage comparing 5′-RACE and the presently provided primers and workflows for sample preparation.

FIG. 5 depicts graphs comparing sequencing replicates from six tumor infiltrating lymphocyte (TIL) samples. The six samples were from a total of ten TIL samples sequenced on a single Ion Torrent S5 530™ chip.

FIG. 6 is a graph comparing the TCR clone frequency in peripheral blood (x-axis) and the TCR clone frequency in tumor (y-axis) from an individual with squamous cell carcinoma of the lung. Sequencing of the TCR beta immune repertoire identified 219 TCR clones shared between peripheral blood and tumor and 370 TCR clones unique to the tumor.

FIG. 7 is a graph comparing the amount of input plasmid (x-axis) to the observed V-gene frequency (y-axis) for pools of ten control plasmids. Each symbol at a given amount of plasmid represents a different plasmid in the pool. This graph shows the limit of detection and linearity of the assays.

FIG. 8 depicts a graph showing the linearity of plasmid detection in pools of 30 control plasmids at equimolar concentrations magnitude. The diamond symbol represents the result using intact plasmid and the dash mark represents the result using linearized plasmid.

FIG. 9 depicts a graph showing the linearity of plasmid detection in TCR beta library generated from a pool of 30 control plasmids at equimolar concentrations mixed with leukocyte cDNA. The plasmid associated with the plasmid ID number is shown in Table 12.

DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

We have developed a multiplex next generation sequencing workflow for effective detection and analysis of the immune repertoire in a sample. Provided methods, compositions, systems, and kits are for use in high accuracy amplification and sequencing of immune cell receptor sequences (e.g., T cell receptor (TCR), B cell receptor (BCR or Ab) targets) in monitoring and resolving complex immune cell repertoire(s) in a subject. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods, compositions, and systems that use nucleic acid amplification, such as polymerase chain reaction (PCR), to enrich expressed variable regions of immune receptor target nucleic acid for subsequent sequencing. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure also provides methods and systems for effective identification and removal of amplification or sequencing-derived error(s) to improve read assignment accuracy and lower the false positive rate. In particular, provided methods described herein may improve accuracy and performance in sequencing applications with nucleotide sequences associated with genomic recombination and high variability. In some embodiments, methods, compositions, systems, and kits provided herein are for use in amplification and sequencing of the complementarity determining regions of an expressed immune receptor in a sample. Thus, provided herein are multiplex immune cell receptor expression compositions for multiplex library preparation, use in conjunction with next generation sequencing technologies and workflow solutions (e g, manual or automated), for effective detection and characterization of the immune repertoire in a sample.

The complementarity determining regions (CDRs) of a TCR or BCR results from genomic DNA undergoing recombination of the V(D)J gene segments as well as addition and/or deletion of nucleotides at the gene segment junctions. With the stochastic nature of VDJ recombination, it is often the case that rearrangement of the T or B cell receptor genomic DNA will fail to produce a functional receptor, instead producing what is termed an “unproductive” rearrangement. Typically, unproductive rearrangements have out-of-frame Variable and Joining coding segments, and lead to the presence of premature stop codons and synthesis of irrelevant peptides. However, unproductive TCR or BCR gene rearrangements are generally rare in cDNA-based repertoire sequencing for a number of biological or physiological reasons such as: 1) nonsense-mediated decay, which destroys mRNA containing premature stop codons, 2) B and T cell selection, where only B and T cells with a functional receptor survive, and 3) allelic exclusion, where only a single rearranged receptor allele is expressed in any given B or T cell.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for amplifying the recombined, expressed variable regions of immune cell receptor mRNA, eg TCR and BCR mRNA. In some embodiments, RNA extracted from biological samples is converted to cDNA. Multiplex amplification is used to enrich for a portion of TCR or BCR cDNA which includes at least a portion of the variable region of the receptor. In some embodiments, the amplified cDNA includes one or more complementarity determining regions CDR1, CDR2, and/or CDR3 for the target receptor. In some embodiments, the amplified cDNA includes one or more complementarity determining regions CDR1, CDR2, and/or CDR3 for TCR beta.

TCR and BCR sequences can also appear as unproductive rearrangements from errors introduced during amplification reactions or during sequencing processes. For example, an insertion or deletion (indel) error during a target amplification or sequencing reaction can cause a frameshift in the reading frame of the resulting coding sequence. Such a change may result in a target sequence read of a productive rearrangement being interpreted as an unproductive rearrangement and discarded from the group of identified clonotypes. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the provided methods and systems include processes for identification and/or removing PCR or sequencing-derived error from the determined immune receptor sequence.

As used herein, “immune cell receptor” and “immune receptor” are used interchangeably.

As used herein, the terms “complementarity determining region” and “CDR” refer to regions of a T cell receptor or an antibody where the molecule complements an antigen's conformation, thereby determining the molecule's specificity and contact with a specific antigen. In the variable regions of T cell receptors and antibodies, the CDRs are interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR). Each variable region of a T cell receptor and an antibody contains 3 CDRs, designated CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3, and also contains 4 framework sub-regions, designated FR1, FR2, FR3 and FR4.

As used herein, the term “framework” or “framework region” or “FR” refers to the residues of the variable region other than the CDR residues as defined herein. There are four separate framework sub-regions that make up the framework: FR1, FR2, FR3, and FR4.

The particular designation in the art for the exact location of the CDRs and FRs within the receptor molecule (TCR or immunoglobulin) varies depending on what definition is employed. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the IMGT designations are used herein in describing the CDR and FR regions (see Brochet et al. (2008) Nucleic Acids Res. 36:W503-508, herein specifically incorporated by reference). As one example of CDR/FR amino acid designations, the residues that make up the FRs and CDRs of T cell receptor beta have been characterized by IMGT as follows: residues 1-26 (FR1), 27-38 (CDR1), 39-55 (FR2), 56-65 (CDR2), 66-104 (FR3), 105-117 (CDR3), and 118-128 (FR4).

Other well-known standard designations for describing the regions include those found in Kabat et al., (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., and in Chothia and Lesk (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917; herein specifically incorporated by reference. As one example of CDR designations, the residues that make up the six immunoglobulin CDRs have been characterized by Kabat as follows: residues 24-34 (CDRL1), 50-56 (CDRL2) and 89-97 (CDRL3) in the light chain variable region and 31-35 (CDRH1), 50-65 (CDRH2) and 95-102 (CDRH3) in the heavy chain variable region; and by Chothia as follows: residues 26-32 (CDRL1), 50-52 (CDRL2) and 91-96 (CDRL3) in the light chain variable region and 26-32 (CDRH1), 53-55 (CDRH2) and 96-101 (CDRH3) in the heavy chain variable region.

The term “T cell receptor” or “T cell antigen receptor” or “TCR,” as used herein, refers to the antigen/MHC binding heterodimeric protein product of a vertebrate, e g mammalian, TCR gene complex, including the human TCR alpha, beta, gamma and delta chains. For example, the complete sequence of the human TCR beta locus has been sequenced, see, for example, Rowen et al. (1996) Science 272:1755-1762; the human TCR alpha locus has been sequenced and resequenced, see, for example, Mackelprang et al. (2006) Hum Genet. 119:255-266; and see, for example, Arden (1995) Immunogenetics 42:455-500 for a general analysis of the T-cell receptor V gene segment families; each of which is herein specifically incorporated by reference for the sequence information provided and referenced in the publication.

The term “antibody” or immunoglobulin” or “B cell receptor” or “BCR,” as used herein, is intended to refer to immunoglobulin molecules comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains (lambda or kappa) inter-connected by disulfide bonds. An antibody has a known specific antigen with which it binds. Each heavy chain of an antibody is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR, HV or VH) and a heavy chain constant region. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL or KV or LV to designate kappa or lambda light chains) and a light chain constant region. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL.

The diversity of the TCR chain CDRs is created by recombination of germline variable (V), diversity (D), and joining (J) gene segments, as well as by independent addition and deletion of nucleotides at each of the gene segment junctions during the process of TCR gene rearrangement. In the nucleic acid encoding a TCR beta and a TCR delta, for example, CDR1 and CDR2 are found in the V gene segments and CDR3 includes some of the V gene segment, and the D and J gene segments. In the nucleic acid encoding a TCR alpha and a TCR gamma, CDR1 and CDR2 are found in the V gene segments and CDR3 includes some of the V gene segment and the J gene segment. In the rearranged DNA encoding a BCR heavy chain, CDR1 and CDR2 are found in the V gene segment and CDR3 includes some of the V gene segment and the D and J gene segments. In the rearranged DNA encoding a BCR light chain, CDR1 and CDR2 are found in the V gene segment and CDR3 includes some of the V gene segment and the J gene segment.

In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction is used to amplify cDNA derived from mRNA expressed from rearranged TCR or BCR genomic DNA. In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction is used to amplify at least a portion of a TCR or BCR CDR from cDNA derived from a biological sample. In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction is used to amplify at least two CDRs of a TCR or BCR from cDNA derived from a biological sample. In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction is used to amplify at least three CDRs of a TCR or BCR from cDNA derived from a biological sample. In some embodiments, the resulting amplicons are used to determine the nucleotide sequences of the TCR or BCR CDRs expressed in the sample. In some embodiments, determining the nucleotide sequences of such amplicons comprising at least 3 CDRs is used to identify and characterize novel TCR or BCR alleles. In some embodiments, determining the nucleotide sequences of such amplicons comprising at least 3 CDRs is used to identify and characterize novel TCR or BCR alleles.

In the multiplex amplification reactions, each primer set used target a same TCR or BCR region however the different primers in the set permit targeting the gene's different V(D)J gene rearrangements. For example, the primer set for amplification of the expressed TCR beta are all designed to target the same region(s) from TCR beta mRNA but the individual primers in the set lead to amplification of the various TCR beta VDJ gene combinations. In some embodiments, at least one primer or primer set is directed to a relatively conserved region (eg, a portion of the C gene) of an immune receptor gene and the other primer set includes a variety of primers directed to a more variable region of the same gene (eg, a portion of the V gene). In other embodiments, at least one primer set includes a variety of primers directed to at least a portion of J gene segments of an immune receptor gene and the other primer set includes a variety of primers directed to at least a portion of V gene segments of the same gene.

In some embodiments, multiplex amplification reactions are performed with primer sets designed to generate amplicons which include the expressed CDR1, CDR2, and/or CDR3 regions of the target immune receptor. In some embodiments, multiplex amplification reactions are performed using (i) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the framework region FR1 of a V gene and (ii) at least one primer directed to a portion of the C gene of the target immune receptor. In other embodiments, multiplex amplification reactions are performed using (i) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the framework region FR2 of a V gene and (ii) at least one primer directed to a portion of the C gene of the target immune receptor. In other embodiments, multiplex amplification reactions are performed using (i) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the framework region FR3 of a V gene and (ii) at least one primer directed to a portion of the C gene of the target immune receptor. In some embodiments, the C gene-directed primer is directed C gene coding sequences within about 200 nucleotides of the 5′ end of the C gene. In some embodiments, the C gene-directed primer is directed C gene coding sequences within about 150 nucleotides of the 5′ end of the C gene. In some embodiments, the C gene-directed primer is directed C gene coding sequences within about 100 nucleotides of the 5′ end of the C gene. In some embodiments, the C gene-directed primer is directed C gene coding sequences within about 50 nucleotides, within about 50 to about 150, within about 75 to about 175, or within about 100 to about 200 nucleotides of the 5′ end of the C gene.

In some embodiments, multiplex amplification reactions are performed using (i) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the framework region FR1 of a V gene and (ii) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the J gene of the target immune receptor. In other embodiments, multiplex amplification reactions are performed using (i) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the framework region FR2 of a V gene and (ii) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the J gene of the target immune receptor. In other embodiments, multiplex amplification reactions are performed using (i) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the framework region FR3 of a V gene and (ii) one set of primers in which each primer is directed to at least a portion of the J gene of the target immune receptor.

In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction is used to amplify cDNA derived from mRNA expressed from rearranged TCR genomic DNA, including rearranged TCR beta, TCR alpha, TCR gamma, and TCR delta genomic DNA. In some embodiments, at least a portion of a TCR CDR, for example CDR3, is amplified from cDNA in a multiplex amplification reaction. In some embodiments, at least two CDR portions of TCR are amplified from cDNA in a multiplex amplification reaction. In certain embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction is used to amplify at least the CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 regions of a TCR cDNA. In some embodiments, the resulting amplicons are used to determine the expressed TCR CDR nucleotide sequence.

In some embodiments, the multiplex amplification reaction uses (i) a set of primers each of which anneals to at least a portion of the V gene FR1 region and (ii) at least one primer which anneals to a portion of the constant (C) gene to amplify TCR cDNA such that the resultant amplicons include the CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 coding portions of the TCR mRNA. In certain embodiments, an FR1-directed primer set is combined with a set of at least two C gene-directed primers to generate amplicons which include at least the CDR1, CDR2, and CDR 3 coding portions of a TCR mRNA. For example, exemplary primers specific for TCR beta (TRB) V gene FR1 regions are shown in Table 2 and exemplary primers specific for TRB C genes are shown in Table 4.

In some embodiments, the multiplex amplification reaction uses (i) a set of primers each of which anneals to at least a portion of the V gene FR2 region and (ii) at least one primer which anneals to a portion of the C gene to amplify TCR cDNA such that the resultant amplicons include the CDR2 and CDR3 coding portions of the TCR mRNA. In certain embodiments, such a FR2-directed primer set is combined with at least two C gene-directed primers to generate amplicons which include the CDR2 and CDR3 coding portions of a TCR mRNA. Exemplary FR2-directed primers include the BIOMED-2 primers developed and standardized by a consortium of European academic laboratories and research hospitals (van Dongen et al. (2003) Leukemia 17:2257-2327) and shown in Table 6. Exemplary primers specific for TRB C genes are shown in Table 4.

In some embodiments, the multiplex amplification reaction uses (i) a set of primers each of which anneals to at least a portion of the V gene FR3 region and (ii) at least one primer which anneals to a portion of the C gene to amplify TCR cDNA such that the resultant amplicons include primarily the CDR3 coding portion of the TCR mRNA. In certain embodiments, such a FR3-directed primer set is combined with at least two C gene-directed primers to generate amplicons with the CDR 3 coding portion of a TCR mRNA. For example, exemplary primers specific for TCR beta (TRB) V gene FR3 regions are shown in Table 3 and exemplary primers specific for TRB C genes are shown in Table 4.

In some embodiments, the multiplex amplification reaction uses (i) a set of primers each of which anneals to at least a portion of the V gene FR1 region and (ii) a set of primers which anneal to a portion of the J gene to amplify TCR cDNA such that the resultant amplicons include the CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 coding portions of the TCR mRNA. For example, exemplary primers specific for TCR beta (TRB) V gene FR1 regions are shown in Table 2 and exemplary primers specific for TRB J genes are shown in Table 5.

In some embodiments, the multiplex amplification reaction uses (i) a set of primers each of which anneals to at least a portion of the V gene FR2 region and (ii) a set of primers which anneal to a portion of the J gene to amplify TCR cDNA such that the resultant amplicons include the CDR2 and CDR3 coding portions of the TCR mRNA. For example, exemplary primers specific for TRB V gene FR2 regions are shown in Table 6 and exemplary primers specific for TRB J genes are shown in Table 5.

In some embodiments, the multiplex amplification reaction uses (i) a set of primers each of which anneals to at least a portion of the V gene FR3 region and (ii) a set of primers which anneal to a portion of the J gene to amplify TCR cDNA such that the resultant amplicons include primarily the CDR3 coding portion of the TCR mRNA. For example, exemplary primers specific for the TRB V gene FR3 regions are shown in Table 3 and exemplary primers specific for TRB J genes are shown in Table 5.

In some embodiments, provided are compositions for multiplex amplification of at least a portion of an expressed TCR or BCR variable region. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a plurality of sets of primer pair reagents directed to a portion of a V gene framework region and a portion of a constant (C) gene of rearranged target immune receptor genes selected from the group consisting of TCR beta, TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, and immunoglobulin light chain kappa. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a plurality of sets of primer pair reagents directed to a portion of a V gene framework region and a portion of a J gene of rearranged target immune receptor genes selected from the group consisting of TCR beta, TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, and immunoglobulin light chain kappa.

Amplification by PCR is performed with at least two primers. For the methods provided herein, a set of primers is used that is sufficient to amplify all or a defined portion of the variable sequences at the locus of interest, which locus may include any or all of the aforementioned TCR and Immunoglobulin loci. In some embodiments, various parameters or criteria outlined herein may be used to select the set of target-specific primers for the multiplex amplification.

In some embodiments, primer sets used in the multiplex reactions are designed to amplify at least 50% of the known expressed rearrangements at the locus of interest. In certain embodiments, primer sets used in the multiplex reactions are designed to amplify at least 75%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 97%, at least 98% or more of the known expressed rearrangements at the locus of interest. For example, use of at least 49 forward primers of Table 2, each directed to a portion of the FR1 region from different TCR beta V genes, in combination with at least one of the reverse primers of Table 4 directed to a portion of the TCR beta C gene will amplify at least 50% of the known expressed TCR beta rearrangements. For another example, use of 64 forward primers of Table 2, each directed to a portion of the FR1 region from different TCR beta V genes, in combination with two reverse primers of Table 4, each directed to a portion of the TCR beta C genes, will amplify all of the currently known expressed TCR beta rearrangements. For another example, use of 59 forward primers of Table 3, each directed to a portion of the FR3 region from different TCR beta V genes, in combination with two reverse primers of Table 4, each directed to a portion of the TCR beta C genes, will amplify all of the currently known expressed TCR beta rearrangements. For another example, use of 59 forward primers of Table 3, each directed to a portion of the FR3 region from different TCR beta V genes, in combination with 16 reverse primers of Table 5, each directed to a portion of different TCR beta J genes, will amplify all of the currently known expressed TCR beta rearrangements. In some embodiments, use of 59 forward primers of Table 3, each directed to a portion of the FR3 region from different TCR beta V genes, in combination with 14 reverse primers of Table 5, each directed to a portion of different TCR beta J genes, will amplify all of the currently known expressed TCR beta rearrangements For another example, use of 64 forward primers of Table 2, each directed to a portion of the FR1 region from different TCR beta V genes, in combination with 16 reverse primers of Table 5, each directed to a portion of different TCR beta J genes, will amplify all of the currently known expressed TCR beta rearrangements. In other embodiments, use of 64 forward primers of Table 2, each directed to a portion of the FR1 region from different TCR beta V genes, in combination with 14 reverse primers of Table 5, each directed to a portion of different TCR beta J genes, will amplify all of the currently known expressed TCR beta rearrangements.

For example, such a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 49, preferably 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 reverse primers in which each reverse primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR1 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR1 regions is combined with at least 1 forward primer directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of the constant gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR1 regions is combined with at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, or about 2 to about 6 forward primers each directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion to the constant gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments of the multiplex amplification reactions, the TCR V gene FR1 directed primers may be the forward primers and the TCR C gene-directed primer(s) may be the reverse primer(s). Accordingly, in some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 49, preferably 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 forward primers in which each forward primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR1 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR1 regions is combined with at least 1 reverse primer directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR1 regions is combined with at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, or about 2 to about 6 reverse primers each directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion to the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, such FR1 and C gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR beta gene sequences. In some preferred embodiments, about 60 to about 70 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR1 regions are combined with 2 reverse primers directed to a portion of the TRB C gene. In some preferred embodiments, the forward primers directed to TRB V gene FR1 regions are selected from those listed in Table 2 and the reverse primers directed to the TRB C gene are selected from those listed in Table 4. In other embodiments, the FR1 and C gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, or immunoglobulin light chain kappa gene sequences.

In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 reverse primers in which each reverse primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR2 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR2 regions is combined with at least 1 forward primer directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR2 regions is combined with at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, or about 2 to about 6 forward primers each directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion to the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments of the multiplex amplification reactions, the TCR V gene FR2 directed primers may be the forward primers and the TCR C gene-directed primer(s) may be the reverse primer(s). Accordingly, in some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 reverse primers in which each forward primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR2 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR2 regions is combined with at least 1 reverse primer directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR2 regions is combined with at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, or about 2 to about 6 reverse primers each directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion to the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, such FR2 and C gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR beta gene sequences. In some embodiments, about 20 to about 30 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR2 regions are combined with 2 reverse primers directed to a portion of the TRB C gene. In some preferred embodiments, the forward primers directed to TRB V gene FR2 regions are selected from those listed in Table 6 and the reverse primers directed to the TRB C gene are selected from those listed in Table 4. In other embodiments, the FR2 and C gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, or immunoglobulin light chain kappa gene sequences.

In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, preferably 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 reverse primers in which each reverse primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR3 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR3 regions is combined with at least 1 forward primer directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR3 regions is combined with at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, or about 2 to about 6 forward primers each directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion to the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments of the multiplex amplification reactions, the TCR V gene FR3 directed primers may be the forward primers and the TCR C gene-directed primer(s) may be the reverse primer(s). Accordingly, in some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, preferably 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 reverse primers in which each forward primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR3 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR3 regions is combined with at least 1 reverse primer directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR3 regions is combined with at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, or about 2 to about 6 reverse primers each directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion to the C gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, such FR3 and C gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR beta gene sequences. In some preferred embodiments, about 55 to about 65 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR3 regions are combined with 2 reverse primers directed to a portion of the TRB C gene. In some preferred embodiments, the forward primers directed to TRB V gene FR3 regions are selected from those listed in Table 3 and the reverse primers directed to the TRB C gene are selected from those listed in Table 4. In other embodiments, the FR3 and C gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, and immunoglobulin light chain kappa gene sequences.

In some embodiments, such a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 49, preferably 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 reverse primers in which each reverse primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR1 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR1 regions is combined with at least 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or about 15 to about 20 forward primers directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of a J gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments of the multiplex amplification reactions, the TCR V gene FR1-directed primers may be the forward primers and the TCR J gene-directed primers may be the reverse primers. Accordingly, in some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 49, preferably 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 forward primers in which each forward primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR1 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR1 regions is combined with at least 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or about 15 to about 20 reverse primers directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of a J gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, such FR1 and J gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR beta gene sequences. In some preferred embodiments, about 60 to about 70 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR1 regions are combined with about 15 to about 20 reverse primers directed to different TRB J genes. In some preferred embodiments, about 60 to about 70 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR1 regions are combined with about 12 to about 18 reverse primers directed to different TRB J genes. In some preferred embodiments, the forward primers directed to TRB V gene FR1 regions are selected from those listed in Table 2 and the reverse primers directed to the TRB J gene are selected from those listed in Table 5. In other embodiments, the FR1 and J gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, or immunoglobulin light chain kappa gene sequences.

In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 reverse primers in which each reverse primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR2 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR2 regions is combined with at least 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or about 15 to about 20 forward primers directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of a J gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments of the multiplex amplification reactions, the TCR V gene FR2-directed primers may be the forward primers and the TCR J gene-directed primers may be the reverse primers. Accordingly, in some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 forward primers in which each forward primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR2 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR2 regions is combined with at least 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or about 15 to about 20 reverse primers directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of a J gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, such FR2 and J gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR beta gene sequences. In some preferred embodiments, about 20 to about 30 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR2 regions are combined with about 15 to about 20 reverse primers directed to different TRB J genes. In some preferred embodiments, about 20 to about 30 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR2 regions are combined with about 12 to about 18 reverse primers directed to different TRB J genes. In some preferred embodiments, the forward primers directed to TRB V gene FR2 regions are selected from those listed in Table 6 and the reverse primers directed to the TRB J gene are selected from those listed in Table 5. In other embodiments, the FR2 and J gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, or immunoglobulin light chain kappa gene sequences.

In some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, preferably 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 reverse primers in which each reverse primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR3 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of reverse primers directed to the TCR V gene FR3 regions is combined with at least 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or about 15 to about 20 forward primers directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of a J gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments of the multiplex amplification reactions, the TCR V gene FR3-directed primers may be the forward primers and the TCR J gene-directed primers may be the reverse primers. Accordingly, in some embodiments, a multiplex amplification reaction includes at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, preferably 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90 forward primers in which each forward primer is directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of one or more TCR V gene FR3 regions. In such embodiments, the plurality of forward primers directed to the TCR V gene FR3 regions is combined with at least 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or about 15 to about 20 reverse primers directed to a sequence corresponding to at least a portion of a J gene of the same TCR gene. In some embodiments, such FR3 and J gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR beta gene sequences. In some preferred embodiments, about 55 to about 65 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR3 regions are combined with about 15 to about 20 reverse primers directed to different TRB J genes. In some preferred embodiments, about 55 to about 65 forward primers directed to different TRB V gene FR3 regions are combined with about 12 to about 18 reverse primers directed to different TRB J genes. In some preferred embodiments, the forward primers directed to TRB V gene FR3 regions are selected from those listed in Table 3 and the reverse primers directed to the TRB J gene are selected from those listed in Table 5. In other embodiments, the FR3 and J gene amplification primer sets may be directed to TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, and immunoglobulin light chain kappa gene sequences.

In some embodiments, the concentration of the forward primer is about equal to that of the reverse primer in a multiplex amplification reaction. In other embodiments, the concentration of the forward primer is about twice that of the reverse primer in a multiplex amplification reaction. In other embodiments, the concentration of the forward primer is about half that of the reverse primer in a multiplex amplification reaction. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the V gene FR region is about 5 nM to about 2000 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the V gene FR region is about 50 nM to about 800 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the V gene FR region is about 50 nM to about 400 nM or about 100 nM to about 500 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the V gene FR region is about 200 nM, about 400 nM, about 600 nM, or about 800 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the V gene FR region is about 5 nM, about 10 nM, about 50 nM, about 100 nM, about 150 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the V gene FR region is about 1000 nM, about 1250 nM, about 1500 nM, about 1750 nM, or about 2000 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the V gene FR region is about 50 nM to about 800 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the J gene is about 5 nM to about 2000 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the J gene is about 50 nM to about 800 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the J gene is about 50 nM to about 400 nM or about 100 nM to about 500 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the J gene is about 200 nM, about 400 nM, about 600 nM, or about 800 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the J gene is about 5 nM, about 10 nM, about 50 nM, about 100 nM, about 150 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the J gene is about 1000 nM, about 1250 nM, about 1500 nM, about 1750 nM, or about 2000 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each of the primers targeting the J gene is about 50 nM to about 800 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each forward and reverse primer in a multiplex reaction is about 50 nM, about 100 nM, about 200 nM, or about 400 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each forward and reverse primer in a multiplex reaction is about 5 nM to about 2000 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each forward and reverse primer in a multiplex reaction is about 50 nM to about 800 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each forward and reverse primer in a multiplex reaction is about 50 nM to about 400 nM or about 100 nM to about 500 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each forward and reverse primer in a multiplex reaction is about 600 nM, about 800 nM, about 1000 nM, about 1250 nM, about 1500 nM, about 1750 nM, or about 2000 nM. In some embodiments, the concentration of each forward and reverse primer in a multiplex reaction is about 5 nM, about 10 nM, about 150 nM or 50 nM to about 800 nM.

In some embodiments, the V gene FR and C gene target-directed primers combine as amplification primer pairs to amplify target immune receptor cDNA sequences and generate target amplicons. Generally, the length of a target amplicon will depend upon which V gene primer set (eg, FR1, FR2, or FR3 directed primers) is paired with the C gene primer(s). Accordingly, in some embodiments, target amplicons can range from about 100 nucleotides (or bases or base pairs) in length to about 600 nucleotides (or bases or base pairs) in length. In some embodiments, target amplicons can range from about 80 nucleotides to about 600 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, target amplicons are from about 200 to about 600 or about 300 to about 600 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, target amplicons are about 80 to about 140, about 90 to about 130, or about 100 to about 120 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, target amplicons are about 250 to about 275, about 250 to about 350, about 300 to about 350, about 310 to about 330, about 325 to about 375, about 300 to about 400, about 350 to about 400, about 350 to about 425, about 350 to about 450, about 380 to about 410, about 375 to about 425, about 400 to about 500, about 425 to about 500, about 450 to about 550, about 500 to about 600, about 400 to about 500, or about 400 to about 600 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, target amplicons are about 80, about 100, about 120, about 140, about 200, about 250, about 275, about 300, about 320, about 350, about 375, about 400, about 425, about 450, about 500, about 550, or about 600 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, TCR beta amplicons are about 100, about 80 to about 140, about 90 to about 130, or about 100 to about 120 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, TCR beta amplicons are about 320, about 300 to about 350 or about 310 to about 330 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, TCR beta amplicons are about 400, about 375 to about 425 or about 390 to about 410 nucleotides in length.

In some embodiments, the V gene FR and J gene target-directed primers combine as amplification primer pairs to amplify target immune receptor cDNA sequences and generate target amplicons. Generally, the length of a target amplicon will depend upon which V gene primer set (eg, FR1, FR2, or FR3 directed primers) is paired with the J gene primers. Accordingly, in some embodiments, target amplicons can range from about 50 nucleotides to about 350 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, target amplicons are about 50 to about 200, about 70 to about 170, about 200 to about 350, about 250 to about 320, about 270 to about 300, about 225 to about 300, about 250 to about 275, about 200 to about 235, about 200 to about 250, or about 175 to about 275 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, TCR beta amplicons are about 80, about 60 to about 100, or about 70 to about 90 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, TCR beta amplicons, such as those generated using V gene FR3- and J gene-directed primer pairs, are about 50 to about 200 nucleotides in length, preferably about 60 to about 160, about 65 to about 120, about 70 to about 90 nucleotides, or about 80 nucleotides in length.

In some embodiments, amplification primers may include a barcode sequence, for example to distinguish or separate a plurality of amplified target sequences in a sample. In some embodiments, amplification primers may include two or more barcode sequences, for example to distinguish or separate a plurality of amplified target sequences in a sample. In some embodiments, amplification primers may include a tagging sequence that can assist in subsequent cataloguing, identification or sequencing of the generated amplicon. In some embodiments, the barcode sequence(s) or the tagging sequence(s) is incorporated into the amplified nucleotide sequence through inclusion in the amplification primer or by ligation of an adapter. Primers may further comprise nucleotides useful in subsequent sequencing, e.g. pyrosequencing. Such sequences are readily designed by commercially available software programs or companies.

In some embodiments, multiplex amplification is performed with target-directed amplification primers which do not include a tagging sequence. In other embodiments, multiplex amplification is performed with amplification primers each of which include a target-directed sequence and a tagging sequence such as, for example, the forward primer or primer set includes tagging sequence 1 and the reverse primer or primer set includes tagging sequence 2. In still other embodiments, multiplex amplification is performed with amplification primers where one primer or primer set includes target directed sequence and a tagging sequence and the other primer or primer set includes a target-directed sequence but does not include a tagging sequence, such as, for example, the forward primer or primer set includes a tagging sequence and the reverse primer or primer set does not include a tagging sequence.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, a plurality of target cDNA template molecules are amplified in a single multiplex amplification reaction mixture with TCR or BCR directed amplification primers in which the forward and/or reverse primers include a tagging sequence and the resultant amplicons include the target TCR or BCR sequence and a tagging sequence on one or both ends. In some embodiments, the forward and/or reverse amplification primer or primer sets may also include a barcode and the one or more barcode is then included in the resultant amplicon.

In some embodiments, a plurality of target cDNA template molecules are amplified in a single multiplex amplification reaction mixture with TCR or BCR directed amplification primers and the resultant amplicons contain only TCR or BCR sequences. In some embodiments, a tagging sequence is added to the ends of such amplicons through, for example, adapter ligation. In some embodiments, a barcode sequence is added to one or both ends of such amplicons through, for example, adapter ligation.

Nucleotide sequences suitable for use as barcodes and for barcoding libraries are known in the art. Adapters and amplification primers and primer sets including a barcode sequence are commercially available. Oligonucleotide adapters containing a barcode sequence are also commercially available including, for example, IonXpress™, IonCode™ and Ion Select barcode adapters (Thermo Fisher Scientific). Similarly, additional and other universal adapter/primer sequences described and known in the art (e.g., Illumina universal adapter/primer sequences, PacBio universal adapter/primer sequences, etc.) can be used in conjunction with the methods and compositions provided herein and the resultant amplicons sequenced using the associated analysis platform.

In some embodiments, two or more barcodes are added to amplicons when sequencing multiplexed samples. In some embodiments, at least two barcodes are added to amplicons prior to sequencing multiplexed samples to reduce the frequency of artefactual results (e g, immune receptor gene rearrangements or clone identification) derived from barcode cross-contamination or barcode bleed-through between samples. In some embodiments, at least two bar codes are used to label samples when tracking low frequency clones of the immune repertoire. In some embodiments, at least two barcodes are added to amplicons when the assay is used to detect clones of frequency less than 1:1,000. In some embodiments, at least two barcodes are added to amplicons when the assay is used to detect clones of frequency less than 1:10,000. In other embodiments, at least two barcodes are added to amplicons when the assay is used to detect clones of frequency less than 1:20,000, less than 1:40,000, less than 1:100,000, less than 1:200,000, less than 1:400,000, less than 1:500,00, or less than 1:1,000,000. Methods for characterizing the immune repertoire which benefit from a high sequencing depth per clone and/or detection of clones at such low frequencies include, but are not limited to, monitoring a patient with a hyperproliferative disease undergoing treatment and testing for minimal residual disease following treatment.

In some embodiments, target-specific primers (e.g., the V gene FR1-, FR2- and FR3-directed primers, the J gene directed primers, and the C gene directed primers) used in the methods of the invention are selected or designed to satisfy any one or more of the following criteria: (1) includes two or more modified nucleotides within the primer sequence, at least one of which is included near or at the termini of the primer and at least one of which is included at, or about the center nucleotide position of the primer sequence; (2) length of about 15 to about 40 bases in length; (3) T_(m) of from above 60° C. to about 70° C.; (4) has low cross-reactivity with non-target sequences present in the sample of interest; (5) at least the first four nucleotides (going from 3′ to 5′ direction) are non-complementary to any sequence within any other primer present in the same reaction; and (6) non-complementarity to any consecutive stretch of at least 5 nucleotides within any other produced target amplicon. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers used in the methods provided are selected or designed to satisfy any 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the above criteria.

In some embodiments, the target-specific primers used in the methods of the invention include one or more modified nucleotides having a cleavable group. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers used in the methods of the invention include two or more modified nucleotides having cleavable groups. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers comprise at least one modified nucleotide having a cleavable group selected from methylguanine, 8-oxo-guanine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 5,6-dihydrouracil, uracil, 5-methylcytosine, thymine-dimer, 7-methylguanosine, 8-oxo-deoxyguanosine, xanthosine, inosine, dihydrouridine, bromodeoxyuridine, uridine or 5-methylcytidine.

In some embodiments, target amplicons using the amplification methods (and associated compositions, systems, and kits) disclosed herein, are used in the preparation of an immune receptor repertoire library. In some embodiments, the immune receptor repertoire library includes introducing adapter sequences to the termini of the target amplicon sequences. In certain embodiments, a method for preparing an immune receptor repertoire library includes generating target immune receptor amplicon molecules according to any of the multiplex amplification methods described herein, treating the amplicon molecule by digesting a modified nucleotide within the amplicon molecules' primer sequences, and ligating at least one adapter to at least one of the treated amplicon molecules, thereby producing a library of adapter-ligated target immune receptor amplicon molecules comprising the target immune receptor repertoire. In some embodiments, the steps of preparing the library are carried out in a single reaction vessel involving only addition steps. In certain embodiments, the method further includes clonally amplifying a portion of the at least one adapter-ligated target amplicon molecule.

In some embodiments, target amplicons using the methods (and associated compositions, systems, and kits) disclosed herein, are coupled to a downstream process, such as but not limited to, library preparation and nucleic acid sequencing. For example, target amplicons can be amplified using bridge amplification, emulsion PCR or isothermal amplification to generate a plurality of clonal templates suitable for nucleic acid sequencing. In some embodiments, the amplicon library is sequenced using any suitable DNA sequencing platform such as any next generation sequencing platform, including semi-conductor sequencing technology such as the Ion Torrent sequencing platform. In some embodiments, an amplicon library is sequenced using an Ion Torrent S5 520™ System or an Ion Torrent S5 530™ System or an Ion Torrent PGM 318™ System. In some embodiments, an amplicon library is sequenced using an Ion Torrent S5 540™ System.

In some embodiments, sequencing of immune receptor amplicons generated using the methods (and associated compositions and kits) disclosed herein, produces contiguous sequence reads from about 200 to about 600 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, contiguous read lengths are from about 300 to about 400 nucleotides. In some embodiments, contiguous read lengths are from about 350 to about 450 nucleotides. In some embodiments, read lengths average about 300 nucleotides, about 350 nucleotides, or about 400 nucleotides. In some embodiments, contiguous read lengths are from about 250 to about 350 nucleotides, about 275 to about 340, or about 295 to about 325 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, read lengths average about 270, about 280, about 290, about 300, or about 325 nucleotides in length. In other embodiments, contiguous read lengths are from about 180 to about 300 nucleotides, about 200 to about 290 nucleotides, about 225 to about 280 nucleotides, or about 230 to about 250 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, read lengths average about 200, about 220, about 230, about 240, or about 250 nucleotides in length. In other embodiments, contiguous read lengths are from about 70 to about 200 nucleotides, about 80 to about 150 nucleotides, about 90 to about 140 nucleotides, or about 100 to about 120 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, contiguous read lengths are from about 50 to about 170 nucleotides, about 60 to about 160 nucleotides, about 60 to about 120 nucleotides, about 70 to about 100 nucleotides, about 70 to about 90 nucleotides, or about 80 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, read lengths average about 70, about 80, about 90, about 100, about 110, or about 120 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the sequence read length include the amplicon sequence and a barcode sequence. In some embodiments, the sequence read length does not include a barcode sequence.

In some embodiments, the amplification primers and primer pairs are target-specific sequences that can amplify specific regions of a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers can amplify expressed RNA or cDNA. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers can amplify mammalian RNA, such as human RNA or cDNA prepared therefrom, or murine RNA or cDNA prepared therefrom.

In methods and compositions provided herein, for example those for determining, characterizing, and/or tracking the immune repertoire in a biological sample, the amount of input RNA required for amplification of target sequences will depend in part on the fraction of immune receptor bearing cells (e.g., T cells or B cells) in the sample. For example, a higher fraction of T cells in the sample, such as samples enriched for T cells, permits use of a lower amount of input RNA for amplification. In some embodiments, the amount of input RNA for amplification of one or more target sequences can be about 0.05 ng to about 10 micrograms. In some embodiments, the amount of input RNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more target sequences can be from about 5 ng to about 2 micrograms. In some embodiments, the amount of RNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more target sequences can be from about 5 ng to about 1 microgram or about 10 ng to about 1 microgram. In some embodiments, the amount of RNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences is about 1.5 micrograms, about 2 micrograms, about 2.5 micrograms, about 3 micrograms, about 3.5 micrograms, about 4.0 micrograms, about 5 micrograms, about 6 micrograms, about 7 micrograms, or about 10 micrograms. In some embodiments, the amount of RNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences is about 10 ng, about 25 ng, about 50 ng, about 100 ng, about 200 ng, about 250 ng, about 500 ng, about 750 ng, or about 1000 ng. In some embodiments, the amount of RNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences is from about 25 ng to about 500 ng RNA or from about 50 ng to about 200 ng RNA. In some embodiments, the amount of RNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences is from about 0.05 ng to about 10 ng RNA, from about 0.1 ng to about 5 ng RNA, from about 0.2 ng to about 2 ng RNA, or from about 0.5 ng to about 1 ng RNA. In some embodiments, the amount of RNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences is about 0.05 ng, about 0.1 ng, about 0.2 ng, about 0.5 ng, about 1.0 ng, about 2.0 ng, or about 5.0 ng.

As described herein, RNA from a biological sample is converted to cDNA, typically using reverse transcriptase in a reverse transcription reaction, prior to the multiplex amplification. In some embodiments, a reverse transcription reaction is performed with the input RNA and a portion of the cDNA from the reverse transcription reaction is used in the multiplex amplification reaction. In some embodiments, substantially all of the cDNA prepared from the input RNA is added to the multiplex amplification reaction. In other embodiments, a portion, such as about 80%, about 75%, about 66%, about 50%, about 33%, or about 25% of the cDNA prepared from the input RNA is added to the multiplex amplification reaction. In other embodiments, about 15%, about 10%, about 8%, about 6%, or about 5% of the cDNA prepared from the input RNA is added to the multiplex amplification reaction.

In some embodiments, the amount of cDNA from a sample added to the multiplex amplification reaction can be about 0.001 ng to about 5 micrograms In some embodiments, the amount of cDNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences can be from about 0.01 ng to about 2 micrograms. In some embodiments, the amount of cDNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more target sequences can be from about 0.1 ng to about 1 microgram or about 1 ng to about 0.5 microgram. In some embodiments, the amount of cDNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences is about 0.5 ng, about 1 ng, about 5 ng, about 10 ng, about 25 ng, about 50 ng, about 100 ng, about 200 ng, about 250 ng, about 500 ng, about 750 ng, or about 1000 ng. In some embodiments, the amount of cDNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences is from about 0.01 ng to about 10 ng cDNA, from about 0.05 ng to about 5 ng cDNA, from about 0.1 ng to about 2 ng cDNA, or from about 0.01 ng to about 1 ng cDNA. In some embodiments, the amount of cDNA used for multiplex amplification of one or more immune repertoire target sequences is about 0.005 ng, about 0.01 ng, about 0.05 ng, about 0.1 ng, about 0.2 ng, about 0.5 ng, about 1.0 ng, about 2.0 ng, or about 5.0 ng.

In some embodiments, mRNA is obtained from a biological sample and converted to cDNA for amplification purposes using conventional methods. Methods and reagents for extracting or isolating nucleic acid from biological samples are well known and commercially available. In some embodiments, RNA extraction from biological samples is performed by any method described herein or otherwise known to those of skill in the art, e.g., methods involving proteinase K tissue digestion and alcohol-based nucleic acid precipitation, treatment with DNAse to digest contaminating DNA, and RNA purification using silica-gel-membrane technology, or any combination thereof. Exemplary methods for RNA extraction from biological samples using commercially available kits including RecoverAll™ Multi-Sample RNA/DNA Workflow (Invitrogen), RecoverAll™ Total Nucleic Acid Isolation Kit (Invitrogen), NucleoSpin® RNA blood (Macherey-Nagel), PAXgene® Blood RNA system, TRI Reagent™ (Invitrogen), PureLink™ RNA Micro Scale kit (Invitrogen), MagMAX™ FFPE DNA/RNA Ultra Kit (Applied Biosystems) ZR RNA MicroPrep™ kit (Zymo Research), RNeasy Micro kit (Qiagen), and ReliaPrep™ RNA Tissue miniPrep system (Promega).

A sample or biological sample, as used herein, refers to a composition from an individual that contains or may contain cells related to the immune system. Exemplary biological samples, include without limitation, tissue (for example, lymph node, organ tissue, bone marrow), whole blood, synovial fluid, cerebral spinal fluid, tumor biopsy, and other clinical specimens containing cells. The sample may include normal and/or diseased cells and be a fine needle aspirate, fine needle biopsy, core sample, or other sample. In some embodiments, the biological sample may comprise hematopoietic cells, peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), T cells, B cells, tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (“TILs”) or other lymphocytes. In some embodiments, the sample may be fresh (e.g., not preserved), frozen, or formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissue (FFPE). Some samples comprise cancer cells, such as carcinomas, melanomas, sarcomas, lymphomas, myelomas, leukemias, and the like, and the cancer cells may be circulating tumor cells.

The biological sample can be a mix of tissue or cell types, a preparation of cells enriched for at least one particular category or type of cell, or an isolated population of cells of a particular type or phenotype. Samples can be separated by centrifugation, elutriation, density gradient separation, apheresis, affinity selection, panning, FACS, centrifugation with Hypaque, etc. prior to analysis. Methods for sorting, enriching for, and isolating particular cell types are well-known and can be readily carried out by one of ordinary skill. In some embodiments, the sample may a preparation enriched for T cells, for example CD3+ T cells.

In one aspect, the provided methods and systems include processes for identification and/or removing PCR or sequencing-derived error(s) from the determined immune receptor sequence.

In some embodiments, the error correction strategy includes the following steps:

-   -   1) Align the sequenced rearrangement to a reference database of         variable, diversity and joining/constant genes to produce a         query sequence/reference sequence pair. Many alignment         procedures may be used for this purpose including, for example,         IgBLAST, a freely-available tool from the NCBI, and custom         computer scripts.     -   2) Realign the reference and query sequences to each other,         taking into account the flow order used for sequencing. The flow         order provides information that allows one to identify and         correct some types of erroneous alignments.     -   3) Identify the borders of the CDR3 region by their         characteristic sequence motifs.     -   4) Over the aligned portion of the rearrangement corresponding         to the variable gene and joining/constant genes, excluding the         CDR3 region, identify indels in the query with respect to the         reference and alter the mismatching query base position so that         it is consistent with the reference.     -   5) For the CDR3 region, if the CDR3 length is not a multiple of         three (indicative of an indel error):         -   (a) Search the CDR3 for the homopolymer stretch having the             highest probability of containing a sequence error, based on             PHRED score (denoted e).         -   (b) Obtain the probability of error over the entire CDR3             region based on PHRED score (denoted t)         -   (c) If e/t is greater than a defined threshold, edit the             homopolymer by either increasing or decreasing the length of             the homopolymer by one base such that the CDR3 nucleotide             length is a multiple of three.         -   (d) As an alternative to steps a-c, search the CDR3 for the             longest homopolymer, and if the length of the homopolymer is             above a defined threshold, edit the homopolymer by either             increasing or decreasing the length of the homopolymer by             one base such that the CDR3 nucleotide length is a multiple             of three.

In some embodiments, methods are provided to identify T cell or B cell clones in repertoire data that are robust to PCR and sequencing error. Accordingly, the following describes steps that may be employed in such methods to identify T cell or B cell clones in a manner that is robust to PCR and sequencing error. Table 1 a diagram of an exemplary workflow for use in identifying and removing PCR or sequencing-derived errors from immune receptor sequencing data. Exemplary portions and embodiments of this workflow are also represented in FIGS. 1-2.

TABLE 1 SEQUENCE CORRECTION WORKFLOW

For a set of TCR or BCR sequences derived from mRNA, where 1) each sequence has been annotated as a productive rearrangement, either natively or after error correction, such as previously described, and 2) each sequence has an identified V gene and CDR3 nucleotide region, in some embodiments, methods include the following:

-   -   1) Identify and exclude chimeric sequences. For each unique CDR3         nucleotide sequence present in the dataset, tally the number of         reads having that CDR3 nucleotide sequence and any of the         possible V genes. Any V gene-CDR3 combination making up less         than 10% of total reads for that CDR3 nucleotide sequence is         flagged as a chimera and eliminated from downstream analyses. As         an example, for the sequences below having the same CDR3         nucleotide sequence, e.g., the sequences having TRBV3 and TRBV6         paired with CDR3nt sequence AATTGGT will be flagged as chimeric.

V gene CDR3nt Read counts TRBV2 AATTGGT 1000 TRBV3 AATTGGT   10 TRBV6 AATTGGT    3

-   -   2) Identify and exclude sequences containing simple indel         errors. For each read in the dataset, obtain the         homopolymer-collapsed representation of the CDR3 sequence of         that read. For each set of reads having the same V gene and         collapsed-CDR3 combination, tally the number of occurrences of         each non-collapsed CDR3 nucleotide sequence. Any non-collapsed         CDR3 sequence making up <10% of total reads for that read set is         flagged as having a simple homopolymer error. As an example,         three different V gene-CDR3 nucleotide sequences are presented         that are identical after homopolymer collapsing of the CDR3         nucleotide sequence. The two less frequent V gene-CDR3         combinations make up <10% of total reads for the read set and         will be flagged as containing a simple indel error. For example:

Homopolymer collapsed Read V gene CDR3nt CDR3nt counts TRBV2 AATTGGT ATGT 1000 TRBV2 AAATGGT ATGT   10 TRBV2 AAAATTTGGT ATGT    3 (SEQ ID NO: 521)

-   -   3) Identify and exclude singleton reads. For each read in the         dataset, tally the number of times that the exact read sequence         is found in the dataset. Reads that appear only once in the         dataset will be flagged as singleton reads.     -   4) Identify and exclude truncated reads. For each read in the         dataset, determine whether the read possesses an annotated V         gene FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, and FR3 region, as indicated by the         IgBLAST alignment of the read to the IgBLAST reference V gene         set. Reads that do not possess the above regions are flagged as         truncated if the region(s) is expected based on the particular V         gene primer used for amplification.     -   5) Identify and exclude rearrangements lacking bidirectional         support. For each read in the dataset, obtain the V gene and         CDR3 sequence of the read as well as the strand orientation of         the read (plus or minus strand). For each V gene-CDR3         combination in the dataset, tally the number of plus and minus         strand reads having that V gene-CDR3nt combination. V         gene-CDR3nt combinations that are only present in reads of one         orientation will be deemed to be a spurious. All reads having a         spurious V gene-CDR3nt combination will be flagged as lacking         bidirectional support.     -   6) For genes that have not been flagged, perform stepwise         clustering based on CDR3 nucleotide similarity. Separate the         sequences into groups based on the V gene identity of the read,         excluding allele information (v-gene groups). For each group:         -   a. Arrange reads in each group into clusters using             cd-hit-est and the following parameters:         -   cd-hit-est vgene_groups.fa -o clustered_vgene_groups.cdhit             -T 24 -d 0 -M 100000 -B 0 -r 0 -g 1 -S 0 -U 2 -uL 0.05 -n 10             -1 7         -   Where vgene_groups.fa is a fasta format file of the CDR3             nucleotide regions of sequences having the same V gene and             clustered_vgene_groups.cdhit is the output, containing the             subdivided sequences.         -   b. Assign each sequence in a cluster the same clone ID, used             to denote that members of the subgroup are believed to             represent the same T cell clone or B cell clone.         -   c. Chose a representative sequence for each cluster, such             that the representative sequence is the sequence that             appears the greatest number of times, or, in cases of a tie,             is randomly chosen.         -   d. Merge all other reads in the cluster into the             representative sequence such that the number of reads for             the representative sequence is increased according to the             number of reads for the merged sequences.         -   e. Compare the representative sequences within a v-gene             group to each other on the basis of hamming distance. If a             representative sequence is within a hamming distance of 1 to             a representative sequence that is >50 times more abundant,             merge that sequence into the more common representative             sequence. If a representative sequence is within a hamming             distance of 2 to a representative sequence that is >10000             times more abundant, merge that sequence into the more             common representative sequence.         -   f. Identify complex sequence errors. Homopolymer-collapse             the representative sequences within each V gene group, then             compare to each other using Levenshtein distances. If a             representative sequence is within a Levenshtein distance of             1 to a representative sequence that is >50 times more             abundant, merge that sequence into the more common             representative sequence.         -   g. Identify CDR3 misannotation errors. Homopolymer-collapse             the representative sequences within each V gene group, then             perform a pairwise comparison of each homopolymer-collapsed             sequence. For each pair of sequences, determine whether one             sequence is a subset of the other sequence. If so, merge the             less abundant sequence into the more abundant sequence if             the more abundance sequence is >500 fold more abundant.     -   7) Report cluster representatives to user.

An example of the performance of this workflow on a test dataset is presented in the Examples and in FIG. 3 and Table 7. Using the same dataset, the performance of this workflow was compared to that of three academic software packages: IMSEQ, MiXCR, and RTCR. The academic packages report many artifactual lineages, and in the case of MiXCR, three of the 10 plasmid CDR3 sequences are incorrectly reported. As demonstrated herein, the presently provided workflow yields far fewer clonotypes than the other packages and far closer to the true number of clonotypes present in the library. The presently provided workflow also provides the highest read assignment accuracy.

In some embodiments, the provided workflow is not limited to the frequency ratios listed in the various steps, and other frequency ratios may be substituted for the representative ratios included above. For example, in some embodiments, comparing the representative sequences within a v-gene group to each other on the basis of hamming distance may use a frequency ratio other than those listed in step (e) above. For example and without limitation, frequency ratios of 1000, 5000, 20,000, etc may be used if a representative sequence is within a hamming distance of 2 to a representative sequence. For example and without limitation, frequency ratios of 20, 100, 200, etc may be used if a representative sequence is within a hamming distance of 1 to a representative sequence. The frequency ratios provided are representative of the general process of labeling the more abundant sequence of a similar pair as a correct sequence.

Similarly, when comparing the frequencies of two sequences at other steps in the workflow, eg, step (1), step (2), step (6f) and step (6g), frequency ratios other than those listed in the step above may be used.

As used herein, the term “homopolymer-collapsed sequence” is intended to represent a sequence where repeated bases are collapsed to a single base representative. As an example, for the non-collapsed sequence AAAATTTTTATCCCCCCCCGGG (SEQ ID NO: 522), the homopolymer-collapsed sequence is ATATCG.

As used herein, the terms “clone,” “clonotype,” “lineage,” or “rearrangement” are intended to describe a unique V gene nucleotide combination for an immune receptor, such as a TCR or BCR. For example, a unique V gene-CDR3 nucleotide combination.

As used herein, the term “productive reads” refers to a TCR or BCR sequence reads that have no stop codon and have in-frame variable gene and joining gene segments. Productive reads are biologically plausible in coding for a polypeptide.

As used herein, “chimeras” or chimeric sequences” refer to artefactual sequences that arise from template switching during target amplification, such as PCR. Chimeras typically present as a CDR3 sequence grafted onto an unrelated V gene, resulting in a CDR3 sequence that is associated with multiple V genes within a dataset. The chimeric sequence is usually far less abundant than the true sequence in the dataset.

As used herein, the term “indel” refers to an insertion and/or deletion of one or more nucleotide bases in a nucleic acid sequence. In coding regions of a nucleic acid sequence, unless the length of an indel is a multiple of 3, it will produce a frameshift when the sequence is translated. As used herein, “simple indel errors” are errors that do not alter the homopolymer-collapsed representation of the sequence. As used herein, “complex indel errors” are indel sequencing errors that alter the homopolymer-collapsed representation of the sequence and include, without limitation, errors that eliminate a homopolymer, insert a homopolymer into the sequence, or create a dyslexic-type error.

As used herein, “singleton reads” refer to sequence reads whose indel-corrected sequence appears only once in a dataset. Typically, singleton reads are enriched for reads containing a PCR or sequencing error.

As used herein, “truncated reads” refer to immune receptor sequence reads that are missing annotated V gene regions. For example, truncated reads include, without limitation, sequence reads that are missing annotated TCR or BCR V gene FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, or FR3 regions. Such reads typically are missing a portion of the V gene sequence due to quality trimming Truncated reads can give rise to artifacts if the truncation leads one to misidentify the V gene.

In the context of identified V gene-CDR3 sequences (clonotypes), “bidirectional support” indicates that a particular V gene-CDR3 sequence is found in at least one read that maps to the plus strand (proceeding from the V gene to constant gene) and at least one reads that maps to the minus strand (proceeding form the constant gene to the V gene). Systematic sequencing errors often lead to identification of V gene-CDR3 sequences having unidirectional support.

For a set of sequences that have been grouped according to a predetermined sequence similarity threshold to account for variation due to PCR or sequencing error, the “cluster representative” is the sequence that is chosen as most likely to be error free. This is typically the most abundant sequence.

As used herein, “IgBLAST annotation error” refers to rare events where the border of the CDR3 is identified to be in an incorrect adjacent position. These events typically add three bases to the 5′ or 3′ end of a CDR3 nucleotide sequence.

For two sequences of equal length, the “Hamming distance” is the number of positions at which the corresponding bases are different. For any two sequences, the “Levenshtein distance” or the “edit distance” is the number of single base edits required to make one sequence into another sequence.

In some embodiments in which J gene-directed primers are used in amplification of the immune receptor sequences, for example multiplex amplification with primers directed to V gene FR3 regions and primers directed to J genes, raw sequence reads derived from the assay undergo a J gene sequence inference process before any downstream analysis. In this process, the beginning and end of raw read sequences are interrogated for the presence of characteristic sequences of 10-30 nucleotides corresponding to the portion of the J gene sequences expected to exist after amplification with the J primer and any subsequent manipulation or processing (for example, digestion) of the amplicon termini prior to sequencing. The characteristic nucleotide sequences permit one to infer the sequence of the J primer, as well as the remaining portion of the J gene that was targeted since the sequence of each J gene is known. To complete the J gene sequence inference process, the inferred J gene sequence is added to the raw read to create an extended read that then spans the entire J gene. The extended read then contains the entire J gene sequence, the entire sequence of the CDR3 region, and at least a portion of the V gene sequence, which will be reported after downstream analysis. The portion of V gene sequence in the extended read will depend on the V gene-directed primers used for the multiplex amplification, for example, FR3-, FR2-, or FR1-directed primers.

Use of V gene FR3 and J gene primers to amplify expressed immune receptor sequences yields a minimum length amplicon (for example, about 60-100 or about 80 nucleotides in length) while still producing data that allows for reporting of the entire CDR3 region. With the expectation of short amplicon length, reads of amplicons <100 nucleotides in length are not eliminated as low-quality and/or off target products during the sequence analysis workflow. However, the explicit search for the expected J gene sequences in the raw reads allows one to eliminate amplicons deriving from off-target amplifications by the J gene primers. In addition, this short amplicon length improves the performance of the assay on highly degraded template material, such as that derived from an FFPE sample.

In some embodiments, provided methods comprise sequencing an immune receptor library and subjecting the obtained sequence data to error identification and correction processes to generate rescued productive reads, and identifying productive and rescued productive sequence reads. In some embodiments, provided methods comprise sequencing an immune receptor library and subjecting the obtained sequence dataset to error identification and correction processes, identifying productive and rescued productive sequence reads, and grouping the sequence reads by clonotype to identify immune receptor clonotypes in the library.

In some embodiments, the provided error identification and correction workflow is used for identifying and resolving PCR or sequencing-derived errors that lead to a sequence read being identified as from an unproductive rearrangement. In some embodiments, the provided error identification and correction workflow is applied to immune receptor sequence data generated from a sequencing platform in which indel or other frameshift-causing errors occur while generating the sequence data.

In some embodiments, the provided error identification and correction workflow is applied to sequence data generated by an Ion Torrent sequencing platform. In some embodiments, the provided error identification and correction workflow is applied to sequence data generated by Roche 454 Life Sciences sequencing platforms, PacBio sequencing platforms, and Oxford Nanopore sequencing platforms.

In some embodiments, provided methods comprise preparation and formation of a plurality of immune receptor-specific amplicons. In some embodiments, the method comprises hybridizing a plurality of V gene-specific primers and at least one C gene-specific primer to a cDNA molecule, extending a first primer (e.g., a V gene-specific primer) of the primer pair, denaturing the extended first primer from the cDNA molecule, hybridizing to the extended first primer product, a second primer (e.g., a C gene-specific primer) of the primer pair and extending the second primer, digesting the target-specific primer pairs to generate a plurality of target amplicons. In other embodiments, the method comprises hybridizing a plurality of V gene gene-specific primers and a plurality of J gene-specific primers to a cDNA molecule, extending a first primer (e.g., a V gene-specific primer) of the primer pair, denaturing the extended first primer from the cDNA molecule, hybridizing to the extended first primer product, a second primer (e.g., a J gene-specific primer) of the primer pair and extending the second primer, digesting the target-specific primer pairs to generate a plurality of target amplicons. In some embodiments, adapters are ligated to the ends of the target amplicons prior to performing a nick translation reaction to generate a plurality of target amplicons suitable for nucleic acid sequencing. In some embodiments, at least one of the ligated adapters includes at least one barcode sequence. In some embodiments, each adapter ligated to the ends of the target amplicons includes a barcode sequence. In some embodiments, the one or more target amplicons can be amplified using bridge amplification, emulsion PCR or isothermal amplification to generate a plurality of clonal templates suitable for nucleic acid sequencing.

In some embodiments, the disclosure provides methods for sequencing target amplicons and processing the sequence data to identify productive immune receptor rearrangements expressed in the biological sample from which the cDNA was derived. In embodiments in which J gene-directed primers are used to amplify the expressed immune receptor sequences, processing the sequence data includes inferring the nucleotide sequence of the J gene primer used for amplification as well as the remaining portion of the J gene that was targeted, as described herein. In some embodiments, processing the sequence data includes performing provided error identification and correction steps to generate rescued productive sequences. In some embodiments, use of the provided error identification and correction workflow can result in a combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads being at least 50% of the sequencing reads for an immune receptor cDNA sample. In some embodiments, use of the provided error identification and correction workflow can result in a combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads being at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 95% of the sequencing reads for an immune receptor cDNA sample. In some embodiments, use of the provided error identification and correction workflow can result in a combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads being about 50-60%, about 60-70%, about 70-80%, about 80-90%, about 50-80%, or about 60-90% of the sequencing reads for an immune receptor cDNA sample. In some embodiments, use of the provided error identification and correction workflow can result in a combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads averaging about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90% of the sequencing reads for an immune receptor cDNA sample.

With particular samples, the provided error identification and correction workflow can result in a combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads being less than 50% of the sequencing reads for an immune receptor cDNA sample when particular samples are used. Such samples include, for example, those in which the RNA is highly degraded such as FFPE samples, and those in which the number of target immune cells is very low such as, for example, samples with very low T cell count or samples from subjects experiencing severe leukopenia. Accordingly, in some embodiments, use of the provided error identification and correction workflow can result in a combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads being about 30-50%, about 40-50%, about 30-40%, about 40-60%, at least 30%, or at least 40% of the sequencing reads for an immune receptor cDNA sample.

In certain embodiments, methods of the invention comprise the use of target immune receptor primer sets wherein the primers are directed to sequences of the same target immune receptor gene. Immune receptors are selected from T cell receptors and antibody receptors. In some embodiments a T cell receptor is a T cell receptor selected from the group consisting of TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR gamma, and TCR delta. In some embodiments the immune receptor is an antibody receptor selected from the group consisting of heavy chain alpha, heavy chain delta, heavy chain epsilon, heavy chain gamma, heavy chain mu, light chain kappa, and light chain lambda.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of: i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of an immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of a framework region within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target constant gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein performing amplification using each set results in amplicons representing the entire repertoire of the respective immune receptor in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicons comprising the repertoire of the immune receptor. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about an 80 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the framework region.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of: i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein performing amplification using each set results in amplicons representing the entire repertoire of the respective immune receptor in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicons comprising the repertoire of the immune receptor. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about an 80 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In some embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) anneal to at least a portion of the framework region 1 of the template molecules. In certain embodiments the one or more C gene primers of ii) comprises at least two primers that anneal to at least a portion of the C gene portion of the template molecules. In particular embodiments at least one set of the generated amplicons includes complementarity determining regions CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence. In some embodiments the amplicons are about 300 to about 600 nucleotides in length or at least about 350 to about 500 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the nucleic acid template used in methods is cDNA produced by reverse transcribing nucleic acid molecules extracted from a biological sample.

In certain embodiments, methods are provided for providing sequence of the immune repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. Sequencing of resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules is then performed and the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules determined thereby provides sequence of the immune repertoire in the sample. In particular embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying a productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments the combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads is at least 50%, at least 60% at least 70% or at least 75% of the sequencing reads for the immune receptors. In additional embodiments the method further comprises sequence read clustering and immune receptor clonotype reporting. In some embodiments, the sequences of the identified immune repertoire are compared to a contemporaneous or current version of the IMGT database and the sequence of at least one allelic variant absent from that IMGT database is identified. In some embodiments the average sequence read length is between 300 and 600 nucleotides, or is between 350 and 550 nucleotides, or is between 330 and 425 nucleotides, or is about 350 to about 425 nucleotides, depending in part on inclusion of any barcode sequence in the read length. In certain embodiments at least one set of the sequenced amplicons includes complementarity determining regions CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence.

In particular embodiments, methods provided utilize target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR1 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR1 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 90 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 50 to about 80 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 55 to about 75 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 60 to about 70 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises one or more C gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least two C gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the same 50 nucleotide region within the target C gene.

In particular embodiments, methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and C gene primers ii) selected from Tables 2 and 4, respectively. In other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 181-184 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 181-184. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 181-182 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 183-184. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 181-182 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 183-184. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 181-182 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 183-184. In other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 183-184. In other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 181-182. In still other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 181-182. In certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-155, and 181-182 or at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-155, and 183-184. In still other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 183-184. In still other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180, and 181-182. In still other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180, and 183-184.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of: i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein performing amplification using each set results in amplicons representing the entire repertoire of the respective immune receptor in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicons comprising the repertoire of the immune receptor. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about an 80 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 40 to about a 60 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In some embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) anneal to at least a portion of the framework 3 region of the template molecules. In certain embodiments the one or more C gene primers of ii) comprises at least two primers that anneal to at least a portion of the C gene of the template molecules. In particular embodiments at least one set of the generated amplicons includes complementarity determining region CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence. In some embodiments the amplicons are about 80 to about 200 nucleotides in length, about 80 to about 140 nucleotides in length, about 90 to about 130 nucleotides in length or at least about 100 to about 120 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the nucleic acid template used in methods is cDNA produced by reverse transcribing nucleic acid molecules extracted from a biological sample.

In certain embodiments, methods are provided for providing sequence of the immune repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. Sequencing of resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules is then performed and the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules determined thereby provides sequence of the immune repertoire in the sample. In particular embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying a productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments the combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads is at least 50%, at least 60% at least 70% or at least 75% of the sequencing reads for the immune receptors. In additional embodiments the method further comprises sequence read clustering and immune receptor clonotype reporting. In some embodiments, the sequences of the identified immune repertoire are compared to a contemporaneous or current version of the IMGT database and the sequence of at least one allelic variant absent from that IMGT database is identified. In some embodiments the average sequence read length is between 80 and 185 nucleotides, is between 115 and 200 nucleotides, is between 90 and 130 nucleotides, or is between about 100 and about 120 nucleotides, depending in part on inclusion of any barcode sequence in the read length. In certain embodiments at least one set of the sequenced amplicons includes complementarity determining region CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence.

In certain embodiments, methods provided utilize target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In particular embodiments, methods provided utilize target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 40 to about 60 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 80 different FR3-directed primers. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 50 to about 70 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments, a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 55 to about 65 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments, a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 58, 59, 60, 61, or 62 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises one or more C gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least two C gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the same 50 nucleotide region within the target C gene.

In particular embodiments, methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and C gene primers ii) selected from Tables 3 and 4, respectively. In other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 181-184 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 181-184. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 183-184 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 181-182. In other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 185-243 and 183-184. In other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 185-243 and 181-182. In other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 181-182 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 183-184. In still other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-307 and 181-182. In still other certain embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-307 and 183-184.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of: i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 2 (FR2) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the C gene of the respective immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein performing amplification using each set results in amplicons representing the entire repertoire of the respective immune receptor in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicons comprising the repertoire of the immune receptor. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about an 80 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In some embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) anneal to at least a portion of the FR2 region of the template molecules. In certain embodiments the one or more C gene primers of ii) comprises at least two primers that anneal to at least a portion of the constant portion C gene of the template molecules. In particular embodiments at least one set of the generated amplicons includes complementarity determining regions CDR2 and CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence. In some embodiments the amplicons are about 180 to about 375 nucleotides in length, about 200 to about 350 nucleotides, about 225 to about 325 nucleotides, or about 250 to about 300 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the nucleic acid template used in methods is cDNA produced by reverse transcribing nucleic acid molecules extracted from a biological sample.

In certain embodiments, methods are provided for providing sequence of the immune repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. Sequencing of resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules is then performed and the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules determined thereby provides sequence of the immune repertoire in the sample. In particular embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments the combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads is at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60% at least 70% or at least 75% of the sequencing reads for the immune receptors. In additional embodiments the method further comprises sequence read clustering and immune receptor clonotype reporting. In some embodiments, the sequences of the identified immune repertoire are compared to a contemporaneous or current version of the IMGT database and the sequence of at least one allelic variant absent from that IMGT database is identified. In some embodiments the average sequence read length is between about 200 and about 375 nucleotides, between about 250 and about 350 nucleotides, or between about 275 and about 350 nucleotides, depending in part on inclusion of any barcode sequence in the read length. In certain embodiments at least one set of the sequenced amplicons includes complementarity determining regions CDR2 and CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence.

In particular embodiments, methods provided utilize target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR2 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR2 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 90 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 30 to about 60 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 20 to about 50 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 60 to about 70 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 20 to about 30 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises one or more C gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least two C gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the same 50 nucleotide region within the target C gene.

In particular embodiments, methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and C gene primers ii) selected from Tables 6 and 4, respectively. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 183-184. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 183-184.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of: i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of an immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of a framework region within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein performing amplification using each set results in amplicons representing the entire repertoire of the respective immune receptor in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicons comprising the repertoire of the immune receptor. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about an 80 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of J gene primers of ii) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the J gene. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of J gene primers of ii) are directed to sequences over about a 30 nucleotide portion of the J gene. In certain embodiments, the one or more plurality of J gene primers of ii) are directed to sequences completely within the J gene.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of: i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein performing amplification using each set results in amplicons representing the entire repertoire of the respective immune receptor in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicons comprising the repertoire of the immune receptor. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about an 80 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 40 to about a 60 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In some embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) anneal to at least a portion of the framework 3 region of the template molecules. In certain embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises at least ten primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 14 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 16 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 10 to about 20 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 12 to about 18 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In particular embodiments at least one set of the generated amplicons includes complementarity determining region CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence. In some embodiments the amplicons are about 60 to about 160 nucleotides in length, about 70 to about 100 nucleotides in length, at least about 70 to about 90 nucleotides in length, about 80 to about 90 nucleotides in length, or about 80 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the nucleic acid template used in methods is cDNA produced by reverse transcribing nucleic acid molecules extracted from a biological sample.

In certain embodiments, methods are provided for providing sequence of the immune repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. Sequencing of resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules is then performed and the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules determined thereby provides sequence of the immune repertoire in the sample. In some embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence, identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads, and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads, and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments the combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads is at least 50%, at least 60% at least 70% or at least 75% of the sequencing reads for the immune receptors. In additional embodiments the method further comprises sequence read clustering and immune receptor clonotype reporting. In some embodiments, the sequences of the identified immune repertoire are compared to a contemporaneous or current version of the IMGT database and the sequence of at least one allelic variant absent from that IMGT database is identified. In some embodiments the sequence read lengths are about 60 to about 185 nucleotides, depending in part on inclusion of any barcode sequence in the read length. In some embodiments the average sequence read length is between 70 and 90 nucleotides, or is between about 75 and about 85 nucleotides, or is about 80 nucleotides. In certain embodiments at least one set of the sequenced amplicons includes complementarity determining region CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence.

In particular embodiments, methods provided utilize target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In other embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 40 to about 60 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 80 different FR3-directed primers. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 50 to about 70 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments, a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 55 to about 65 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments, a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 58, 59, 60, 61, or 62 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises a plurality of J gene primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least ten J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 10 to about 20 different J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or 18 different J gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 14 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides.

In particular embodiments, methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and J gene primers ii) selected from Tables 3 and 5, respectively. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 398-482. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 329-342. In still other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 414-427. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 185-243 and 313-328. In still other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 185-243 and 398-413. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 398-482. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 329-342. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 414-427. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 398-413. In still other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 313-328.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of: i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein performing amplification using each set results in amplicons representing the entire repertoire of the respective immune receptor in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicons comprising the repertoire of the immune receptor. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about an 80 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In some embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) anneal to at least a portion of the framework 1 region of the template molecules. In certain embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprise at least ten primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 14 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 16 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 10 to about 20 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 12 to about 18 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In particular embodiments at least one set of the generated amplicons includes complementarity determining regions CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence. In some embodiments the amplicons are about 220 to about 350 nucleotides in length, about 225 to about 300 nucleotides, about 250 to about 325 nucleotides, about 250 to about 275 nucleotides, or about 270 to about 300 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the nucleic acid template used in methods is cDNA produced by reverse transcribing nucleic acid molecules extracted from a biological sample.

In certain embodiments, methods are provided for providing sequence of the immune repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. Sequencing of resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules is then performed and the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules determined thereby provides sequence of the immune repertoire in the sample. In some embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence, identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads, and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads, and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments the combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads is at least 50%, at least 60% at least 70% or at least 75% of the sequencing reads for the immune receptors. In additional embodiments the method further comprises sequence read clustering and immune receptor clonotype reporting. In some embodiments, the sequences of the identified immune repertoire are compared to a contemporaneous or current version of the IMGT database and the sequence of at least one allelic variant absent from that IMGT database is identified. In some embodiments the average sequence read length is between 200 and 350 nucleotides, between 225 and 325 nucleotides, between 250 and 300 nucleotides, between 270 and 300 nucleotides, or is between 295 and 325 nucleotides, depending in part on inclusion of any barcode sequence in the read length. In certain embodiments at least one set of the sequenced amplicons includes complementarity determining regions CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence.

In particular embodiments, methods provided utilize target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR1 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other certain embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR1 region about 80 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR1 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 90 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 50 to about 80 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 55 to about 75 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 60 to about 70 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises a plurality of J gene primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least ten J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 10 to about 20 different J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or 18 different J gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 14 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides.

In particular embodiments, methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and J gene primers ii) selected from Tables 2 and 5, respectively. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 398-482. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 398-482 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 313-397. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 398-482. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 329-342. In still other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 414-427. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 313-328. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 398-413. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 313-342 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 398-427. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 313-342 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 398-427. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 414-427. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 329-342. In still other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 398-414. In still other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 313-328. In still other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 329-342 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 313-329. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 414-427. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 398-413. In still other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180, and 313-328.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of: i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 2 (FR2) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein performing amplification using each set results in amplicons representing the entire repertoire of the respective immune receptor in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicons comprising the repertoire of the immune receptor. In particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about an 80 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In more particular embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) are directed to sequences over about a 50 nucleotide portion of the framework region. In some embodiments the one or more plurality of V gene primers of i) anneal to at least a portion of the FR2 region of the template molecules. In certain embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprise at least ten primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 14 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 16 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 10 to about 20 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In some embodiments the plurality of J gene primers of ii) comprises about 12 to about 18 primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules. In particular embodiments at least one set of the generated amplicons includes complementarity determining regions CDR2 and CDR3 of an immune receptor gene sequence. In some embodiments the amplicons are about 160 to about 270 nucleotides in length, about 180 to about 250 nucleotides, or about 195 to about 225 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the nucleic acid template used in methods is cDNA produced by reverse transcribing nucleic acid molecules extracted from a biological sample.

In certain embodiments, methods are provided for providing sequence of the immune repertoire in a sample, comprising performing a multiplex amplification reaction to amplify immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. Sequencing of resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules is then performed and the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules determined thereby provides sequence of the immune repertoire in the sample. In some embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence, identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads, and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments, determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads, and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In particular embodiments the combination of productive reads and rescued productive reads is at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60% at least 70% or at least 75% of the sequencing reads for the immune receptors. In additional embodiments the method further comprises sequence read clustering and immune receptor clonotype reporting. In some embodiments, the sequences of the identified immune repertoire are compared to a contemporaneous or current version of the IMGT database and the sequence of at least one allelic variant absent from that IMGT database is identified. In some embodiments the average sequence read length is between 160 and 300 nucleotides, between 180 and 280 nucleotides, between 200 and 260 nucleotides, or between 225 and 270 nucleotides, depending in part on inclusion of any barcode sequence in the read length. In certain embodiments at least one set of the sequenced amplicons includes complementarity determining regions CDR2 and CDR3 of an immune receptor expression sequence.

In particular embodiments, methods provided utilize target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR2 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR2 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 90 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 30 to about 60 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 20 to about 50 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 60 to about 70 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 20 to about 30 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises a plurality of J gene primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least ten J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 10 to about 20 different J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or 18 different J gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 14 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides.

In particular embodiments, methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and J gene primers ii) selected from Tables 6 and 5, respectively. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 398-482. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 313-342 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 398-427. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 329-342. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 414-427. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 313-328. In certain other embodiments methods of the invention comprise use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 398-413.

In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482. In some embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments methods of the invention comprise the use of at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427.

In certain embodiments, methods of the invention comprise use of a biological sample selected from the group consisting of hematopoietic cells, lymphocytes, and tumor cells. In some embodiments the biological sample is selected from the group consisting of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), T cells, B cells, circulating tumor cells, and tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (herein “TILs” or “TIL”). In some embodiments, the biological sample comprises T cells undergoing ex vivo activation and/or expansion.

In some embodiments, methods, compositions, and systems are provided for determining the immune repertoire of a biological sample by assessing both expressed immune receptor RNA and rearranged immune receptor genomic DNA (gDNA) from a biological sample. Expression nucleic acid sequences of a sample may be assessed using the methods, compositions, and systems provided herein. The sample gDNA may be assessed for rearranged immune receptor gene sequences using the methods, composition, and systems described in the co-owned U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/553,736, filed Sep. 1, 2017, entitled “Compositions and Methods for Immune Repertoire Sequencing”, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the sample RNA and gDNA may be assessed concurrently and following reverse transcription of the RNA to form cDNA, the cDNA and gDNA may be amplified in the same multiplex amplification reaction. In some embodiments, cDNA from the sample RNA and the sample gDNA may undergo multiplex amplification in separate reactions. In some embodiments, cDNA from the sample RNA and sample gDNA may under multiplex amplification with parallel primer pools. In some embodiments, the same immune receptor-directed primer pools are used to assess the immune repertoire of gDNA and RNA from the sample. In some embodiments, the different immune receptor-directed primer pools are used to assess the immune repertoire of gDNA and RNA from the sample. In some embodiments, multiplex amplification reactions are performed separately with cDNA from the sample RNA and with sample gDNA to amplify target immune receptor molecules from the sample and the resulting immune receptor ampicons are sequenced, thereby providing sequence of the expressed immune receptor RNA and rearranged immune receptor gDNA of a biological sample.

In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to identify and/or characterize an immune repertoire of a subject. In some embodiments, methods and compositions provided are used to identify and characterize novel or non-canonical TCR or BCR alleles of a subject's immune repertoire. In some embodiments, the sequences of the identified immune repertoire are compared to a contemporaneous or current version of the IMGT database and the sequence of at least one allelic variant absent from that IMGT database is identified. In some embodiments, identified allelic variants absent from the IMGT database are subjected to evidence-based filtering using, for example, criteria such as clone number support, sequence read support and/or number of individuals having the allelic variant. Allelic variants identified and reported as absent from IMGT may be compared to other databases containing immune repertoire sequence information, such as NCBI NR database and Lym1K database, to cross-validate the reported novel or non-canonical TCR or BCR alleles. Characterizing the existence of undocumented or non-canonical TRB polymorphism, for example, may help with understanding factors that influence autoimmune disease and response to immunotherapy. Thus, in some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided to identify novel or non-canonical TRBV gene allele polymorphisms and allelic variants that may predict or detect autoimmune disease or immune-mediated adverse events. In other embodiments, provided are methods for making recombinant nucleic acids encoding identified novel TRBV allelic variants. In some embodiments, provided are methods for making recombinant TRBV allelic variant molecules and for making recombinant cells which express the same.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions provided are used to identify and characterize novel or non-canonical TCR or BCR alleles of a subject's immune repertoire. In some embodiments, a patient's immune repertoire may be identified or characterized before and/or after a therapeutic treatment, for example treatment for a cancer or immune disorder. In some embodiments, identification or characterization of an immune repertoire may be used to assess the effect or efficacy of a treatment, to modify therapeutic regimens, and to optimize the selection of therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, identification or characterization of the immune repertoire may be used to assess a patient's response to an immunotherapy, e.g., CAR (chimeric antigen receptor)-T cell therapy, a cancer vaccine and/or other immune-based treatment or combination(s) thereof. In some embodiments, identification or characterization of the immune repertoire may indicate a patient's likelihood to respond to a therapeutic agent or may indicate a patient's likelihood to not be responsive to a therapeutic agent.

In some embodiments, a patient's immune repertoire may be identified or characterized to monitor progression and/or treatment of hyperproliferative diseases, including detection of residual disease following patient treatment, monitor progression and/or treatment of autoimmune disease, transplantation monitoring, and to monitor conditions of antigenic stimulation, including following vaccination, exposure to bacterial, fungal, parasitic, or viral antigens, or infection by bacteria, fungi, parasites or virus. In some embodiments, identification or characterization of the immune repertoire may be used to assess a patient's response to an anti-infective or anti-inflammatory therapy.

In certain embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to monitor changes in immune repertoire clonal populations, for example changes in clonal expansion, changes in clonal contraction, and changes in relative ratios of clones or clonal populations. In some embodiments, the provided methods and compositions are used to monitor changes in immune repertoire clonal populations (e.g., clonal expansion, clonal contraction, changes in relative ratios) in response to tumor growth. In some embodiments, the provided methods and compositions are used to monitor changes in immune repertoire clonal populations (e.g., clonal expansion, clonal contraction, changes in relative ratios) in response to tumor treatment. In some embodiments, the provided methods and compositions provided are used to monitor changes in immune repertoire clonal populations (e.g., clonal expansion, clonal contraction, changes in relative ratios) during a remission period. For many lymphoid malignancies, a clonal B cell receptor or T cell receptor sequence can be used a biomarker for the malignant cells of the particular cancer (e.g., leukemia) and to monitor residual disease, tumor expansion, contraction, and/or treatment response. In certain embodiments a clonal B cell receptor or T cell receptor may be identified and further characterized to confirm a new utility in therapeutic, biomarker and/or diagnostic use.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or characterizing immune repertoire clonal populations in a sample from a subject, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with the sample or with cDNA prepared from the sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. The method further comprises sequencing the resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules, determining the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules, and identifying one or more immune repertoire clonal populations for the target immune receptor from the sample. In particular, embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the one or more multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the one or more multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 2 (FR2) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or characterizing immune repertoire clonal populations in a sample from a subject, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with the sample or with cDNA prepared from the sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. The method further comprises sequencing the resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules, determining the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules, and identifying one or more immune repertoire clonal populations for the target immune receptor from the sample. In particular, embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads, and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 2 (FR2) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for monitoring changes in immune repertoire clonal populations in a subject, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reaction with a subject's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire clonal populations for the target immune receptor from the sample, and comparing the identified immune repertoire clonal populations to those identified in samples obtained from the subject at a different time. In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for monitoring changes in immune repertoire clonal populations in a subject, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reaction with a subject's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire clonal populations for the target immune receptor from the sample, and comparing the identified immune repertoire clonal populations to those identified in samples obtained from the subject at a different time. In various embodiments, the one or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in such methods may be a single multiplex amplification reaction or may be two or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in parallel, for example parallel, highly multiplexed amplification reactions performed with different primer pools. Samples for use in monitoring changes in immune repertoire clonal populations include, without limitation, samples obtained prior to a diagnosis, samples obtained at any stage of diagnosis, samples obtained during a remission, samples obtained at any time prior to a treatment (pre-treatment sample), samples obtained at any time following completion of treatment (post-treatment sample), and samples obtained during the course of treatment.

In certain embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or characterizing the immune repertoire of a patient to monitor progression and/or treatment of the patient's hyperproliferative disease. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used for minimal residual disease (MRD) monitoring for a patient following treatment. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions are used to identify and/or track B cell lineage malignancies or T cell lineage malignancies. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions are used to detect and/or monitor MRD in patients diagnosed with leukemia or lymphoma, including without limitation, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, cutaneous T cell lymphoma, B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, and multiple myeloma. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions are used to detect and/or monitor MRD in patients diagnosed with solid tumors, including without limitation, breast cancer, lung cancer, colorectal, and neuroblastoma. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions are used to detect and/or monitor MRD in patients following cancer treatment including without limitation bone marrow transplant, lymphocyte infusion, adoptive T-cell therapy, other cell-based immunotherapy, and antibody-based immunotherapy.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or characterizing the immune repertoire of a patient to monitor progression and/or treatment of the patient's hyperproliferative disease, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a sample from the patient or with cDNA prepared from the sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. The method further comprises sequencing the resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules, determining the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules, and identifying immune repertoire for the target immune receptor from the sample. In particular, embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or characterizing the immune repertoire of a patient to monitor progression and/or treatment of the patient's hyperproliferative disease, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reaction with a sample from the patient or with cDNA prepared from the sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. The method further comprises sequencing the resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules, determining the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules, and identifying immune repertoire for the target immune receptor from the sample. In particular, embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for MRD monitoring for a patient having a hyperproliferative disease, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reaction with a patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor, and detecting the presence or absence of immune receptor sequence(s) in the sample associated with the hyperproliferative disease. In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for MRD monitoring for a patient having a hyperproliferative disease, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reaction with a patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor, and detecting the presence or absence of immune receptor sequence(s) in the sample associated with the hyperproliferative disease. In various embodiments, the one or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in such methods may be a single multiplex amplification reaction or may be two or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in parallel, for example parallel, highly multiplexed amplification reactions performed with different primer pools. Samples for use in MRD monitoring include, without limitation, samples obtained during a remission, samples obtained at any time following completion of treatment (post-treatment sample), and samples obtained during the course of treatment.

In certain embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or characterizing the immune repertoire of a subject in response to a treatment. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions are used to characterize and/or monitor populations or clones of tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs) before, during, and/or following tumor treatment. In some embodiments, profiling immune receptor repertoires of TILs provides characterization and/or assessment of the tumor microenvironment and T cell expansion permissiveness within the tumor microenvironment. For example, a dearth of highly expanded TIL clones within the tumor, for example as indicated by higher evenness of T cell clone sizes through characterization of the TCR repertoire, may indicate a repressive tumor microenvironment. On the other hand, identification of multiple highly expanded T cell clones and less evenness of T cell clone sizes may indicate a tumor microenvironment permissive for T cell expansion. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions for determining immune repertoire are used to identify and/or track therapeutic T cell population(s) and B cell population(s). In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to identify and/or monitor the persistence of cell-based therapies following patient treatment, including but not limited to, presence (e.g., persistent presence) of engineered T cell populations including without limitation CAR-T cell populations, TCR engineered T cell populations, persistent CAR-T expression, presence (e.g., persistent presence) of administered TIL populations, TIL expression (e.g., persistent expression) following adoptive T-cell therapy, and/or immune reconstitution after allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation.

In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to characterize and/or monitor T cell clones or populations present in patient sample following administration of cell-based therapies to the patient, including but not limited to, e.g., cancer vaccine cells, CAR-T, TIL, and/or other engineered T cell-based therapy. In some embodiments, the provided methods and compositions are used to characterize and/or monitor immune repertoire in a patient sample following cell-based therapies in order to assess and/or monitor the patient's response to the administered cell-based therapy. Samples for use in such characterizing and/or monitoring following cell-based therapy include, without limitation, circulating blood cells, circulating tumor cells, TILs, tissue, and tumor sample(s) from a patient.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for monitoring T cell-based therapy for a patient receiving such therapy, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor, and detecting the presence or absence of immune receptor sequence(s) in the sample associated with the T cell-based therapy. In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for monitoring T cell-based therapy for a patient receiving such therapy, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor, and detecting the presence or absence of immune receptor sequence(s) in the sample associated with the T cell-based therapy.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for monitoring a patient's response following administration of a T cell-based therapy, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor, and comparing the identified immune repertoire to the immune receptor sequence(s) identified in samples obtained from the patient at a different time. In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for monitoring a patient's response following administration of a T cell-based therapy, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor, and comparing the identified immune repertoire to the immune receptor sequence(s) identified in samples obtained from the patient at a different time. T cell-based therapies suitable for such monitoring include, without limitation, CAR-T cells, TCR engineered T cells, TILs, and other enriched autologous T cells. In various embodiments, the one or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in such methods may be a single multiplex amplification reaction or may be two or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in parallel, for example parallel, highly multiplexed amplification reactions performed with different primer pools. Samples for use in such monitoring include, without limitation, samples obtained prior to a diagnosis, samples obtained at any stage of diagnosis, samples obtained during a remission, samples obtained at any time prior to a treatment (pre-treatment sample), samples obtained at any time following completion of treatment (post-treatment sample), and samples obtained during the course of treatment.

In some embodiments, the methods and compositions for determining T cell and/or B cell receptor repertoires are used to measure and/or assess immunocompetence before, during, and/or following a treatment, including without limitation, solid organ transplant or bone marrow transplant. For example, the diversity of the T cell receptor beta repertoire can be used to measure immunocompetence and immune cell reconstitution following a hematopoietic stem cell transplant treatment. Also, the rate of change in diversity of the TRB repertoire between time points following a transplant can be used to modify patient treatment.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or characterizing the immune repertoire of a subject in response to a treatment, comprising obtaining a sample from the subject following initiation of a treatment, performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with the sample or with cDNA prepared from the sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. The method further comprises sequencing the resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules, determining the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules, and identifying immune repertoire for the target immune receptor from the sample. In some embodiments, the method further comprises comparing the identified immune repertoire from the sample obtained following treatment initiation to the immune repertoire from a sample of the patient obtained prior to treatment. In particular, embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or characterizing the immune repertoire of a subject in response to a treatment, comprising obtaining a sample from the subject following initiation of a treatment, performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with the sample or with cDNA prepared from the sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. The method further comprises sequencing the resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules, determining the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules, and identifying immune repertoire for the target immune receptor from the sample. In some embodiments, the method further comprises comparing the identified immune repertoire from the sample obtained following treatment initiation to the immune repertoire from a sample of the patient obtained prior to treatment. In particular, embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for monitoring changes in the immune repertoire of a subject in response to a treatment, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a subject's or patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor from the sample, and comparing the identified immune repertoire to those identified in samples obtained from the subject at a different time. In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for monitoring changes in the immune repertoire of a subject in response to a treatment, comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a subject's or patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor from the sample, and comparing the identified immune repertoire to those identified in samples obtained from the subject at a different time. In various embodiments, the one or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in such methods may be a single multiplex amplification reaction or may be two or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in parallel, for example parallel, highly multiplexed amplification reactions performed with different primer pools. Samples for use in monitoring changes in immune repertoire include, without limitation, samples obtained prior to a diagnosis, samples obtained at any stage of diagnosis, samples obtained during a remission, samples obtained at any time prior to a treatment (pre-treatment sample), samples obtained at any time following completion of treatment (post-treatment sample), and samples obtained during the course of treatment.

In certain embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to characterize and/or monitor immune repertoires associated with immune system-mediated adverse event(s), including without limitation, those associated with inflammatory conditions, autoimmune reactions, and/or autoimmune diseases or disorders. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to identify and/or monitor T cell and/or B cell immune repertoires associated with chronic autoimmune diseases or disorders including, without limitation, multiple sclerosis, Type I diabetes, narcolepsy, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, asthma, and SLE. In some embodiments, a systemic sample, such as a blood sample, is used to determine the immune repertoire(s) of an individual with an autoimmune condition. In some embodiments, a localized sample, such as a fluid sample from an affected joint or region of swelling, is used to determine the immune repertoire(s) of an individual with an autoimmune condition. In some embodiments, comparison of the immune repertoire found in a localized or affected area sample to the immune repertoire found in the systemic sample can identify clonal T or B cell populations to be targeted for removal.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or monitoring an immune repertoire associated with a patient's immune system-mediated adverse event(s), comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a sample from the patient or with cDNA prepared from the sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. The method further comprises sequencing the resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules, determining the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules, and identifying immune repertoire for the target immune receptor from the sample. In some embodiments, the method further comprises comparing the identified immune repertoire from the sample to an identified immune repertoire from a sample from the patient obtained at a different time. In particular, embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, aligning the initial sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying a productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or monitoring an immune repertoire associated with a patient's immune system-mediated adverse event(s), comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a sample from the patient or with cDNA prepared from the sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules. The method further comprises sequencing the resulting immune receptor amplicon molecules, determining the sequences of the immune receptor amplicon molecules, and identifying immune repertoire for the target immune receptor from the sample. In some embodiments, the method further comprises comparing the identified immune repertoire from the sample to an identified immune repertoire from a sample from the patient obtained at a different time. In particular, embodiments determining the sequence of the immune receptor amplicon molecules includes obtaining initial sequence reads, adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence and identifying productive reads, correcting one or more indel errors to generate rescued productive sequence reads; and determining the sequences of the resulting immune receptor molecules. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor. In other embodiments of such methods and compositions, the multiplex amplification reaction is performed using at least one set of primers comprising i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor.

In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or monitoring an immune repertoire associated with progression and/or treatment of a patient's immune system-mediated adverse event(s), comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a constant portion and a variable portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1, FR2 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor from the sample, and comparing the identified immune repertoire to the immune repertoire(s) identified in samples obtained from the patient at a different time. In some embodiments, methods and compositions are provided for identifying and/or monitoring an immune repertoire associated with progression and/or treatment of a patient's immune system-mediated adverse event(s), comprising performing one or more multiplex amplification reactions with a patient's sample to amplify immune repertoire nucleic acid template molecules having a J gene portion and a V gene portion using at least one set of primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR1 or FR3 within the V gene, and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, sequencing the resultant immune receptor amplicons, identifying immune repertoire sequences for the target immune receptor from the sample, and comparing the identified immune repertoire to the immune repertoire(s) identified in samples obtained from the patient at a different time. In various embodiments, the one or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in such methods may be a single multiplex amplification reaction or may be two or more multiplex amplification reactions performed in parallel, for example parallel, highly multiplexed amplification reactions performed with different primer pools. Samples for use in monitoring changes in immune repertoire associated with immune system-mediated adverse event(s) include, without limitation, samples obtained prior to a diagnosis, samples obtained at any stage of diagnosis, samples obtained during a remission, samples obtained at any time prior to a treatment (pre-treatment sample), samples obtained at any time following completion of treatment (post-treatment sample), and samples obtained during the course of treatment.

In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to characterize and/or monitor immune repertoires associated with passive immunity, including naturally acquired passive immunity and artificially acquired passive immunity therapies. For example, the methods and compositions provided may be used to identify and/or monitor protective antibodies that provide passive immunity to the recipient following transfer of antibody-mediated immunity to the recipient, including without limitation, antibody-mediated immunity conveyed from a mother to a fetus during pregnancy or to an infant through breast-feeding, or conveyed via administration of antibodies to a recipient. In another example, the methods and compositions provided may be used to identify and/or monitor B cell and/or T cell immune repertoires associated with passive transfer of cell-mediated immunity to a recipient, such as the administration of mature circulating lymphocytes to a recipient histocompatible with the donor. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to monitor the duration of passive immunity in a recipient.

In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to characterize and/or monitor immune repertoires associated with active immunity or vaccination therapies. For example, following exposure to a vaccine or infectious agent, the methods and compositions provided may be used to identify and/or monitor protective antibodies or protective clonal B cell or T cell populations that may provide active immunity to the exposed individual. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to monitor the duration of B or T cell clones which contribute to immunity in an exposed individual. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to identify and/or monitor B cell and/or T cell immune repertoires associated with exposure to bacterial, fungal, parasitic, or viral antigens. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to identify and/or monitor B cell and/or T cell immune repertoires associated with bacterial, fungal, parasitic, or viral infection.

In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to screen or characterize lymphocyte populations which are grown and/or activated in vitro for use as immunotherapeutic agents or in immunotherapeutic-based regimens. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to screen or characterize TIL populations or other harvested T cell populations which are grown and/or activated in vitro, for example, TILs or other harvested T cells grown and/or activated for use in adoptive immunotherapy. In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to screen or characterize CAR-T populations or other engineered T cell populations which are grown and/or activated in vitro, for use, for example, in immunotherapy.

In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used to assess cell populations by monitoring immune repertoires during ex vivo workflows for manufacturing engineered T cell preparations, for example, for quality control or regulatory testing purposes.

In some embodiments, the sequences of novel or non-canonical TCR or BCR alleles identified as described herein may be used to generate recombinant TCR or BCR nucleic acids or molecules. For example, as described herein, used of the provided methods and compositions led to the identification of fifteen TRB allelic variants not found in the IMGT database. Such novel or non-canonical allele sequence information and amplicons can be used to generate new recombinant TRB allelic variants and/or nucleic acids encoding the same.

In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided are used in the screening and/or production of recombinant antibody libraries. Compositions provided which directed to identifying BCRs can be used to rapidly evaluate recombinant antibody library size and composition to identify antibodies of interest.

In some embodiments, profiling immune receptor repertoires as provided herein may be combined with profiling immune response gene expression to provide characterization of the tumor microenvironment. In some embodiments, combining or correlating a tumor sample's immune receptor repertoire profile with a targeted immune response gene expression profile provides a more thorough analysis of the tumor microenvironment and may suggest or provide guidance for immunotherapy treatments.

Suitable cells for analysis include, without limitation, various hematopoietic cells, lymphocytes, and tumor cells, such as peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), T cells, B cells, circulating tumor cells, and tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs). Lymphocytes expressing immunoglobulin include pre-B cells, B-cells, e.g. memory B cells, and plasma cells. Lymphocytes expressing T cell receptors include thymocytes, NK cells, pre-T cells and T cells, where many subsets of T cells are known in the art, e.g. Th1, Th2, Th17, CTL, T reg, etc. For example, in some embodiments, a sample comprising PBMCs may be used as a source for TCR and/or antibody immune repertoire analysis. The sample may contain, for example, lymphocytes, monocytes, and macrophages as well as antibodies and other biological constituents.

Analysis of the immune repertoire is of interest for conditions involving cellular proliferation and antigenic exposure, including without limitation, the presence of cancer, exposure to cancer antigens, exposure to antigens from an infectious agent, exposure to vaccines, exposure to allergens, exposure to food stuffs, presence of a graft or transplant, and the presence of autoimmune activity or disease. Conditions associated with immunodeficiency are also of interest for analysis, including congenital and acquired immunodeficiency syndromes.

B cell lineage malignancies of interest include, without limitation, multiple myeloma; acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL); relapsed/refractory B cell ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); diffuse large B cell lymphoma; mucosa-associated lymphatic tissue lymphoma (MALT); small cell lymphocytic lymphoma; mantle cell lymphoma (MCL); Burkitt lymphoma; mediastinal large B cell lymphoma; Waldenström macroglobulinemia; nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma (NMZL); splenic marginal zone lymphoma (SMZL); intravascular large B-cell lymphoma; primary effusion lymphoma; lymphomatoid granulomatosis, etc. Non-malignant B cell hyperproliferative conditions include monoclonal B cell lymphocytosis (MBL).

T cell lineage malignancies of interest include, without limitation, precursor T-cell lymphoblastic lymphoma; T-cell prolymphocytic leukemia; T-cell granular lymphocytic leukemia; aggressive NK cell leukemia; adult T-cell lymphoma/leukemia (HTLV 1-positive); extranodal NK/T-cell lymphoma; enteropathy-type T-cell lymphoma; hepatosplenic γδ T-cell lymphoma; subcutaneous panniculitis-like T-cell lymphoma; mycosis fungoides/Sezary syndrome; anaplastic large cell lymphoma, T/null cell; peripheral T-cell lymphoma; angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma; chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL); prolymphocytic leukemia; and hairy cell leukemia.

Other malignancies of interest include, without limitation, acute myeloid leukemia, head and neck cancers, brain cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial cancer, gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer, kidney (renal cell) cancer, esophageal cancer, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, bile duct cancer, pituitary tumor, wilms tumor, kaposi sarcoma, osteosarcoma, thymus cancer, skin cancer, heart cancer, oral and larynx cancer, neuroblastoma and non-hodgkin lymphoma.

Neurological inflammatory conditions are of interest, e.g. Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Lou Gehrig's Disease, etc. and demyelinating diseases, such as multiple sclerosis, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy, etc. as well as inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis. Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is an autoimmune disease characterized by polyclonal B cell activation, which results in a variety of anti-protein and non-protein autoantibodies (see Kotzin et al. (1996) Cell 85:303-306). These autoantibodies form immune complexes that deposit in multiple organ systems, causing tissue damage. An autoimmune component may be ascribed to atherosclerosis, where candidate autoantigens include Hsp60, oxidized LDL, and 2-Glycoprotein I (2GPI).

A sample for use in the methods described herein may be one that is collected from a subject with a malignancy or hyperproliferative condition, including lymphomas, leukemias, and plasmacytomas. A lymphoma is a solid neoplasm of lymphocyte origin, and is most often found in the lymphoid tissue. Thus, for example, a biopsy from a lymph node, e.g. a tonsil, containing such a lymphoma would constitute a suitable biopsy. Samples may be obtained from a subject or patient at one or a plurality of time points in the progression of disease and/or treatment of the disease.

In some embodiments, the disclosure provides methods for performing target-specific multiplex PCR on a cDNA sample having a plurality of expressed immune receptor target sequences using primers having a cleavable group.

In certain embodiments, library and/or template preparation to be sequenced are prepared automatically from a population of nucleic acid samples using the compositions provided herein using an automated systems, e.g., the Ion Chef™ system.

As used herein, the term “subject” includes a person, a patient, an individual, someone being evaluated, etc.

As used herein, the terms “comprises,” “comprising,” “includes,” “including,” “has,” “having” or any other variation thereof, are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, article, or apparatus that comprises a list of features is not necessarily limited only to those features but may include other features not expressly listed or inherent to such process, method, article, or apparatus. Further, unless expressly stated to the contrary, “or” refers to an inclusive-or and not to an exclusive-or.

As used herein, “antigen” refers to any substance that, when introduced into a body, e.g., of a subject, can stimulate an immune response, such as the production of an antibody or T cell receptor that recognizes the antigen. Antigens include molecules such as nucleic acids, lipids, ribonucleoprotein complexes, protein complexes, proteins, polypeptides, peptides and naturally occurring or synthetic modifications of such molecules against which an immune response involving T and/or B lymphocytes can be generated. With regard to autoimmune disease, the antigens herein are often referred to as autoantigens. With regard to allergic disease the antigens herein are often referred to as allergens. Autoantigens are any molecule produced by the organism that can be the target of an immunologic response, including peptides, polypeptides, and proteins encoded within the genome of the organism and post-translationally-generated modifications of these peptides, polypeptides, and proteins. Such molecules also include carbohydrates, lipids and other molecules produced by the organism. Antigens also include vaccine antigens, which include, without limitation, pathogen antigens, cancer associated antigens, allergens, and the like.

As used herein, “amplify”, “amplifying” or “amplification reaction” and their derivatives, refer to any action or process whereby at least a portion of a nucleic acid molecule (referred to as a template nucleic acid molecule) is replicated or copied into at least one additional nucleic acid molecule. The additional nucleic acid molecule optionally includes sequence that is substantially identical or substantially complementary to at least some portion of the template nucleic acid molecule. The template nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded and the additional nucleic acid molecule can independently be single-stranded or double-stranded. In some embodiments, amplification includes a template-dependent in vitro enzyme-catalyzed reaction for the production of at least one copy of at least some portion of the nucleic acid molecule or the production of at least one copy of a nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to at least some portion of the nucleic acid molecule. Amplification optionally includes linear or exponential replication of a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, such amplification is performed using isothermal conditions; in other embodiments, such amplification can include thermocycling. In some embodiments, the amplification is a multiplex amplification that includes the simultaneous amplification of a plurality of target sequences in a single amplification reaction. At least some of the target sequences can be situated on the same nucleic acid molecule or on different target nucleic acid molecules included in the single amplification reaction. In some embodiments, “amplification” includes amplification of at least some portion of DNA- and RNA-based nucleic acids alone, or in combination. The amplification reaction can include single or double-stranded nucleic acid substrates and can further including any of the amplification processes known to one of ordinary skill in the art. In some embodiments, the amplification reaction includes polymerase chain reaction (PCR).

As used herein, “amplification conditions” and its derivatives, refers to conditions suitable for amplifying one or more nucleic acid sequences. Such amplification can be linear or exponential. In some embodiments, the amplification conditions can include isothermal conditions or alternatively can include thermocycling conditions, or a combination of isothermal and thermocycling conditions. In some embodiments, the conditions suitable for amplifying one or more nucleic acid sequences includes polymerase chain reaction (PCR) conditions. Typically, the amplification conditions refer to a reaction mixture that is sufficient to amplify nucleic acids such as one or more target sequences, or to amplify an amplified target sequence ligated to one or more adapters, e.g., an adapter-ligated amplified target sequence. Amplification conditions include a catalyst for amplification or for nucleic acid synthesis, for example a polymerase; a primer that possesses some degree of complementarity to the nucleic acid to be amplified; and nucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates (dNTPs) to promote extension of the primer once hybridized to the nucleic acid. The amplification conditions can require hybridization or annealing of a primer to a nucleic acid, extension of the primer and a denaturing step in which the extended primer is separated from the nucleic acid sequence undergoing amplification. Typically, but not necessarily, amplification conditions can include thermocycling; in some embodiments, amplification conditions include a plurality of cycles where the steps of annealing, extending and separating are repeated. Typically, the amplification conditions include cations such as Mg²⁺ or Mn²⁺ (e.g., MgCl₂, etc) and can also include various modifiers of ionic strength.

As used herein, “target sequence” or “target sequence of interest” and its derivatives, refers to any single or double-stranded nucleic acid sequence that can be amplified or synthesized according to the disclosure, including any nucleic acid sequence suspected or expected to be present in a sample. In some embodiments, the target sequence is present in double-stranded form and includes at least a portion of the particular nucleotide sequence to be amplified or synthesized, or its complement, prior to the addition of target-specific primers or appended adapters. Target sequences can include the nucleic acids to which primers useful in the amplification or synthesis reaction can hybridize prior to extension by a polymerase. In some embodiments, the term refers to a nucleic acid sequence whose sequence identity, ordering or location of nucleotides is determined by one or more of the methods of the disclosure.

As defined herein, “sample” and its derivatives, is used in its broadest sense and includes any specimen, culture and the like that is suspected of including a target. In some embodiments, the sample comprises cDNA, RNA, PNA, LNA, chimeric, hybrid, or multiplex-forms of nucleic acids. The sample can include any biological, clinical, surgical, agricultural, atmospheric or aquatic-based specimen containing one or more nucleic acids. The term also includes any isolated nucleic acid sample such as expressed RNA, fresh-frozen or formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded nucleic acid specimen.

As used herein, “contacting” and its derivatives, when used in reference to two or more components, refers to any process whereby the approach, proximity, mixture or commingling of the referenced components is promoted or achieved without necessarily requiring physical contact of such components, and includes mixing of solutions containing any one or more of the referenced components with each other. The referenced components may be contacted in any particular order or combination and the particular order of recitation of components is not limiting. For example, “contacting A with B and C” encompasses embodiments where A is first contacted with B then C, as well as embodiments where C is contacted with A then B, as well as embodiments where a mixture of A and C is contacted with B, and the like. Furthermore, such contacting does not necessarily require that the end result of the contacting process be a mixture including all of the referenced components, as long as at some point during the contacting process all of the referenced components are simultaneously present or simultaneously included in the same mixture or solution. Where one or more of the referenced components to be contacted includes a plurality (e.g., “contacting a target sequence with a plurality of target-specific primers and a polymerase”), then each member of the plurality can be viewed as an individual component of the contacting process, such that the contacting can include contacting of any one or more members of the plurality with any other member of the plurality and/or with any other referenced component (e.g., some but not all of the plurality of target specific primers can be contacted with a target sequence, then a polymerase, and then with other members of the plurality of target-specific primers) in any order or combination.

As used herein, the term “primer” and its derivatives refer to any polynucleotide that can hybridize to a target sequence of interest. In some embodiments, the primer can also serve to prime nucleic acid synthesis. Typically, the primer functions as a substrate onto which nucleotides can be polymerized by a polymerase; in some embodiments, however, the primer can become incorporated into the synthesized nucleic acid strand and provide a site to which another primer can hybridize to prime synthesis of a new strand that is complementary to the synthesized nucleic acid molecule. The primer may be comprised of any combination of nucleotides or analogs thereof, which may be optionally linked to form a linear polymer of any suitable length. In some embodiments, the primer is a single-stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. (For purposes of this disclosure, the terms “polynucleotide” and “oligonucleotide” are used interchangeably herein and do not necessarily indicate any difference in length between the two). In some embodiments, the primer is single-stranded but it can also be double-stranded. The primer optionally occurs naturally, as in a purified restriction digest, or can be produced synthetically. In some embodiments, the primer acts as a point of initiation for amplification or synthesis when exposed to amplification or synthesis conditions; such amplification or synthesis can occur in a template-dependent fashion and optionally results in formation of a primer extension product that is complementary to at least a portion of the target sequence. Exemplary amplification or synthesis conditions can include contacting the primer with a polynucleotide template (e.g., a template including a target sequence), nucleotides and an inducing agent such as a polymerase at a suitable temperature and pH to induce polymerization of nucleotides onto an end of the target-specific primer. If double-stranded, the primer can optionally be treated to separate its strands before being used to prepare primer extension products. In some embodiments, the primer is an oligodeoxyribonucleotide or an oligoribonucleotide. In some embodiments, the primer can include one or more nucleotide analogs. The exact length and/or composition, including sequence, of the target-specific primer can influence many properties, including melting temperature (T_(m)), GC content, formation of secondary structures, repeat nucleotide motifs, length of predicted primer extension products, extent of coverage across a nucleic acid molecule of interest, number of primers present in a single amplification or synthesis reaction, presence of nucleotide analogs or modified nucleotides within the primers, and the like. In some embodiments, a primer can be paired with a compatible primer within an amplification or synthesis reaction to form a primer pair consisting or a forward primer and a reverse primer. In some embodiments, the forward primer of the primer pair includes a sequence that is substantially complementary to at least a portion of a strand of a nucleic acid molecule, and the reverse primer of the primer of the primer pair includes a sequence that is substantially identical to at least of portion of the strand. In some embodiments, the forward primer and the reverse primer are capable of hybridizing to opposite strands of a nucleic acid duplex. Optionally, the forward primer primes synthesis of a first nucleic acid strand, and the reverse primer primes synthesis of a second nucleic acid strand, wherein the first and second strands are substantially complementary to each other, or can hybridize to form a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, one end of an amplification or synthesis product is defined by the forward primer and the other end of the amplification or synthesis product is defined by the reverse primer. In some embodiments, where the amplification or synthesis of lengthy primer extension products is required, such as amplifying an exon, coding region, or gene, several primer pairs can be created than span the desired length to enable sufficient amplification of the region. In some embodiments, a primer can include one or more cleavable groups. In some embodiments, primer lengths are in the range of about 10 to about 60 nucleotides, about 12 to about 50 nucleotides and about 15 to about 40 nucleotides in length. Typically, a primer is capable of hybridizing to a corresponding target sequence and undergoing primer extension when exposed to amplification conditions in the presence of dNTPs and a polymerase. In some embodiments, the primer includes one or more cleavable groups at one or more locations within the primer.

As used herein, “target-specific primer” and its derivatives, refers to a single stranded or double-stranded polynucleotide, typically an oligonucleotide, that includes at least one sequence that is at least 50% complementary, typically at least 75% complementary or at least 85% complementary, more typically at least 90% complementary, more typically at least 95% complementary, more typically at least 98% or at least 99% complementary, or identical, to at least a portion of a nucleic acid molecule that includes a target sequence. In such instances, the target-specific primer and target sequence are described as “corresponding” to each other. In some embodiments, the target-specific primer is capable of hybridizing to at least a portion of its corresponding target sequence (or to a complement of the target sequence); such hybridization can optionally be performed under standard hybridization conditions or under stringent hybridization conditions. In some embodiments, the target-specific primer is not capable of hybridizing to the target sequence, or to its complement, but is capable of hybridizing to a portion of a nucleic acid strand including the target sequence, or to its complement. In some embodiments, the target-specific primer includes at least one sequence that is at least 75% complementary, typically at least 85% complementary, more typically at least 90% complementary, more typically at least 95% complementary, more typically at least 98% complementary, or more typically at least 99% complementary, to at least a portion of the target sequence itself; in other embodiments, the target-specific primer includes at least one sequence that is at least 75% complementary, typically at least 85% complementary, more typically at least 90% complementary, more typically at least 95% complementary, more typically at least 98% complementary, or more typically at least 99% complementary, to at least a portion of the nucleic acid molecule other than the target sequence. In some embodiments, the target-specific primer is substantially non-complementary to other target sequences present in the sample; optionally, the target-specific primer is substantially non-complementary to other nucleic acid molecules present in the sample. In some embodiments, nucleic acid molecules present in the sample that do not include or correspond to a target sequence (or to a complement of the target sequence) are referred to as “non-specific” sequences or “non-specific nucleic acids”. In some embodiments, the target-specific primer is designed to include a nucleotide sequence that is substantially complementary to at least a portion of its corresponding target sequence. In some embodiments, a target-specific primer is at least 95% complementary, or at least 99% complementary, or identical, across its entire length to at least a portion of a nucleic acid molecule that includes its corresponding target sequence. In some embodiments, a target-specific primer is at least 90%, at least 95% complementary, at least 98% complementary or at least 99% complementary, or identical, across its entire length to at least a portion of its corresponding target sequence. In some embodiments, a forward target-specific primer and a reverse target-specific primer define a target-specific primer pair that are used to amplify the target sequence via template-dependent primer extension. Typically, each primer of a target-specific primer pair includes at least one sequence that is substantially complementary to at least a portion of a nucleic acid molecule including a corresponding target sequence but that is less than 50% complementary to at least one other target sequence in the sample. In some embodiments, amplification is performed using multiple target-specific primer pairs in a single amplification reaction, wherein each primer pair includes a forward target-specific primer and a reverse target-specific primer, each including at least one sequence that substantially complementary or substantially identical to a corresponding target sequence in the sample, and each primer pair having a different corresponding target sequence. In some embodiments, the target-specific primer is substantially non-complementary at its 3′ end or its 5′ end to any other target-specific primer present in an amplification reaction. In some embodiments, the target-specific primer can include minimal cross hybridization to other target-specific primers in the amplification reaction. In some embodiments, target-specific primers include minimal cross-hybridization to non-specific sequences in the amplification reaction mixture. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers include minimal self-complementarity. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers can include one or more cleavable groups located at the 3′ end. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers can include one or more cleavable groups located near or about a central nucleotide of the target-specific primer. In some embodiments, one of more targets-specific primers includes only non-cleavable nucleotides at the 5′ end of the target-specific primer. In some embodiments, a target specific primer includes minimal nucleotide sequence overlap at the 3′end or the 5′ end of the primer as compared to one or more different target-specific primers, optionally in the same amplification reaction. In some embodiments 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more, target-specific primers in a single reaction mixture include one or more of the above embodiments. In some embodiments, substantially all of the plurality of target-specific primers in a single reaction mixture includes one or more of the above embodiments.

As used herein, “polymerase” and its derivatives, refers to any enzyme that can catalyze the polymerization of nucleotides (including analogs thereof) into a nucleic acid strand. Typically but not necessarily, such nucleotide polymerization can occur in a template-dependent fashion. Such polymerases can include without limitation naturally occurring polymerases and any subunits and truncations thereof, mutant polymerases, variant polymerases, recombinant, fusion or otherwise engineered polymerases, chemically modified polymerases, synthetic molecules or assemblies, and any analogs, derivatives or fragments thereof that retain the ability to catalyze such polymerization. Optionally, the polymerase is a mutant polymerase comprising one or more mutations involving the replacement of one or more amino acids with other amino acids, the insertion or deletion of one or more amino acids from the polymerase, or the linkage of parts of two or more polymerases. Typically, the polymerase comprises one or more active sites at which nucleotide binding and/or catalysis of nucleotide polymerization can occur. Some exemplary polymerases include without limitation DNA polymerases and RNA polymerases. The term “polymerase” and its variants, as used herein, also refers to fusion proteins comprising at least two portions linked to each other, where the first portion comprises a peptide that can catalyze the polymerization of nucleotides into a nucleic acid strand and is linked to a second portion that comprises a second polypeptide. In some embodiments, the second polypeptide can include a reporter enzyme or a processivity-enhancing domain Optionally, the polymerase can possess 5′ exonuclease activity or terminal transferase activity. In some embodiments, the polymerase is optionally reactivated, for example through the use of heat, chemicals or re-addition of new amounts of polymerase into a reaction mixture. In some embodiments, the polymerase can include a hot-start polymerase or an aptamer based polymerase that optionally is reactivated.

As used herein, the term “nucleotide” and its variants comprises any compound, including without limitation any naturally occurring nucleotide or analog thereof, which can bind selectively to, or is polymerized by, a polymerase. Typically, but not necessarily, selective binding of the nucleotide to the polymerase is followed by polymerization of the nucleotide into a nucleic acid strand by the polymerase; occasionally however the nucleotide may dissociate from the polymerase without becoming incorporated into the nucleic acid strand. Such nucleotides include not only naturally occurring nucleotides but also any analogs, regardless of their structure, that can bind selectively to, or can be polymerized by, a polymerase. While naturally occurring nucleotides typically comprise base, sugar and phosphate moieties, the nucleotides of the present disclosure can include compounds lacking any one, some or all of such moieties. In some embodiments, the nucleotide can optionally include a chain of phosphorus atoms comprising three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten or more phosphorus atoms. In some embodiments, the phosphorus chain is attached to any carbon of a sugar ring, such as the 5′ carbon. The phosphorus chain can be linked to the sugar with an intervening O or S. In one embodiment, one or more phosphorus atoms in the chain can be part of a phosphate group having P and O. In another embodiment, the phosphorus atoms in the chain is linked together with intervening O, NH, S, methylene, substituted methylene, ethylene, substituted ethylene, CNH₂, C(O), C(CH₂), CH₂CH₂, or C(OH)CH₂R (where R can be a 4-pyridine or 1-imidazole). In one embodiment, the phosphorus atoms in the chain has side groups having O, BH₃, or S. In the phosphorus chain, a phosphorus atom with a side group other than O can be a substituted phosphate group. In the phosphorus chain, phosphorus atoms with an intervening atom other than O can be a substituted phosphate group. Some examples of nucleotide analogs are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,405,281. In some embodiments, the nucleotide comprises a label and referred to herein as a “labeled nucleotide”; the label of the labeled nucleotide is referred to herein as a “nucleotide label.” In some embodiments, the label is in the form of a fluorescent dye attached to the terminal phosphate group, i.e., the phosphate group most distal from the sugar. Some examples of nucleotides that can be used in the disclosed methods and compositions include, but are not limited to, ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, modified ribonucleotides, modified deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotide polyphosphates, deoxyribonucleotide polyphosphates, modified ribonucleotide polyphosphates, modified deoxyribonucleotide polyphosphates, peptide nucleotides, modified peptide nucleotides, metallonucleosides, phosphonate nucleosides, and modified phosphate-sugar backbone nucleotides, analogs, derivatives, or variants of the foregoing compounds, and the like. In some embodiments, the nucleotide can comprise non-oxygen moieties such as, for example, thio- or borano-moieties, in place of the oxygen moiety bridging the alpha phosphate and the sugar of the nucleotide, or the alpha and beta phosphates of the nucleotide, or the beta and gamma phosphates of the nucleotide, or between any other two phosphates of the nucleotide, or any combination thereof. “Nucleotide 5′-triphosphate” refers to a nucleotide with a triphosphate ester group at the 5′ position, and are sometimes denoted as “NTP”, or “dNTP” and “ddNTP” to particularly point out the structural features of the ribose sugar. The triphosphate ester group can include sulfur substitutions for the various oxygens, e.g. alpha-thio-nucleotide 5′-triphosphates. For a review of nucleic acid chemistry, see: Shabarova, Z. and Bogdanov, A. Advanced Organic Chemistry of Nucleic Acids, VCH, New York, 1994.

The term “extension” and its variants, as used herein, when used in reference to a given primer, comprises any in vivo or in vitro enzymatic activity characteristic of a given polymerase that relates to polymerization of one or more nucleotides onto an end of an existing nucleic acid molecule. Typically but not necessarily such primer extension occurs in a template-dependent fashion; during template-dependent extension, the order and selection of bases is driven by established base pairing rules, which can include Watson-Crick type base pairing rules or alternatively (and especially in the case of extension reactions involving nucleotide analogs) by some other type of base pairing paradigm. In one non-limiting example, extension occurs via polymerization of nucleotides on the 3′0H end of the nucleic acid molecule by the polymerase.

The term “portion” and its variants, as used herein, when used in reference to a given nucleic acid molecule, for example a primer or a template nucleic acid molecule, comprises any number of contiguous nucleotides within the length of the nucleic acid molecule, including the partial or entire length of the nucleic acid molecule.

The terms “identity” and “identical” and their variants, as used herein, when used in reference to two or more nucleic acid sequences, refer to similarity in sequence of the two or more sequences (e.g., nucleotide or polypeptide sequences). In the context of two or more homologous sequences, the percent identity or homology of the sequences or subsequences thereof indicates the percentage of all monomeric units (e.g., nucleotides or amino acids) that are the same (i.e., about 70% identity, preferably 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99% identity). The percent identity can be over a specified region, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window, or designated region as measured using a BLAST or BLAST 2.0 sequence comparison algorithms with default parameters described below, or by manual alignment and visual inspection. Sequences are said to be “substantially identical” when there is at least 85% identity at the amino acid level or at the nucleotide level. Preferably, the identity exists over a region that is at least about 25, 50, or 100 residues in length, or across the entire length of at least one compared sequence. A typical algorithm for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity are the BLAST and BLAST 2.0 algorithms, which are described in Altschul et al, Nuc. Acids Res. 25:3389-3402 (1977). Other methods include the algorithms of Smith & Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482 (1981), and Needleman & Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), etc. Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the two molecules or their complements hybridize to each other under stringent hybridization conditions.

The terms “complementary” and “complement” and their variants, as used herein, refer to any two or more nucleic acid sequences (e.g., portions or entireties of template nucleic acid molecules, target sequences and/or primers) that can undergo cumulative base pairing at two or more individual corresponding positions in antiparallel orientation, as in a hybridized duplex. Such base pairing can proceed according to any set of established rules, for example according to Watson-Crick base pairing rules or according to some other base pairing paradigm. Optionally there can be “complete” or “total” complementarity between a first and second nucleic acid sequence where each nucleotide in the first nucleic acid sequence can undergo a stabilizing base pairing interaction with a nucleotide in the corresponding antiparallel position on the second nucleic acid sequence. “Partial” complementarity describes nucleic acid sequences in which at least 20%, but less than 100%, of the residues of one nucleic acid sequence are complementary to residues in the other nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, at least 50%, but less than 100%, of the residues of one nucleic acid sequence are complementary to residues in the other nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 98%, but less than 100%, of the residues of one nucleic acid sequence are complementary to residues in the other nucleic acid sequence. Sequences are said to be “substantially complementary” when at least 85% of the residues of one nucleic acid sequence are complementary to residues in the other nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, two complementary or substantially complementary sequences are capable of hybridizing to each other under standard or stringent hybridization conditions. “Non-complementary” describes nucleic acid sequences in which less than 20% of the residues of one nucleic acid sequence are complementary to residues in the other nucleic acid sequence. Sequences are said to be “substantially non-complementary” when less than 15% of the residues of one nucleic acid sequence are complementary to residues in the other nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, two non-complementary or substantially non-complementary sequences cannot hybridize to each other under standard or stringent hybridization conditions. A “mismatch” is present at any position in the sequences where two opposed nucleotides are not complementary. Complementary nucleotides include nucleotides that are efficiently incorporated by DNA polymerases opposite each other during DNA replication under physiological conditions. In a typical embodiment, complementary nucleotides can form base pairs with each other, such as the A-T/U and G-C base pairs formed through specific Watson-Crick type hydrogen bonding, or base pairs formed through some other type of base pairing paradigm, between the nucleobases of nucleotides and/or polynucleotides in positions antiparallel to each other. The complementarity of other artificial base pairs can be based on other types of hydrogen bonding and/or hydrophobicity of bases and/or shape complementarity between bases.

As used herein, “amplified target sequences” and its derivatives, refers to a nucleic acid sequence produced by the amplification of/amplifying the target sequences using target-specific primers and the methods provided herein. The amplified target sequences may be either of the same sense (the positive strand produced in the second round and subsequent even-numbered rounds of amplification) or antisense (i.e., the negative strand produced during the first and subsequent odd-numbered rounds of amplification) with respect to the target sequences. In some embodiments, the amplified target sequences is less than 50% complementary to any portion of another amplified target sequence in the reaction. In other embodiments, the amplified target sequences is greater than 50%, greater than 60%, greater than 70%, greater than 80%, or greater than 90% complementary to any portion of another amplified target sequence in the reaction.

As used herein, the terms “ligating”, “ligation” and their derivatives refer to the act or process for covalently linking two or more molecules together, for example, covalently linking two or more nucleic acid molecules to each other. In some embodiments, ligation includes joining nicks between adjacent nucleotides of nucleic acids. In some embodiments, ligation includes forming a covalent bond between an end of a first and an end of a second nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, for example embodiments wherein the nucleic acid molecules to be ligated include conventional nucleotide residues, the ligation can include forming a covalent bond between a 5′ phosphate group of one nucleic acid and a 3′ hydroxyl group of a second nucleic acid thereby forming a ligated nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, any means for joining nicks or bonding a 5′phosphate to a 3′ hydroxyl between adjacent nucleotides can be employed. In an exemplary embodiment, an enzyme such as a ligase is used. For the purposes of this disclosure, an amplified target sequence can be ligated to an adapter to generate an adapter-ligated amplified target sequence.

As used herein, “ligase” and its derivatives, refers to any agent capable of catalyzing the ligation of two substrate molecules. In some embodiments, the ligase includes an enzyme capable of catalyzing the joining of nicks between adjacent nucleotides of a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the ligase includes an enzyme capable of catalyzing the formation of a covalent bond between a 5′ phosphate of one nucleic acid molecule to a 3′ hydroxyl of another nucleic acid molecule thereby forming a ligated nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the ligase is an isothermal ligase. In some embodiments, the ligase is a thermostable ligase. Suitable ligases may include, but not limited to, T4 DNA ligase, T4 RNA ligase, and E. coli DNA ligase.

As used herein, “ligation conditions” and its derivatives, refers to conditions suitable for ligating two molecules to each other. In some embodiments, the ligation conditions are suitable for sealing nicks or gaps between nucleic acids. As defined herein, a “nick” or “gap” refers to a nucleic acid molecule that lacks a directly bound 5′ phosphate of a mononucleotide pentose ring to a 3′ hydroxyl of a neighboring mononucleotide pentose ring within internal nucleotides of a nucleic acid sequence. As used herein, the term nick or gap is consistent with the use of the term in the art. Typically, a nick or gap is ligated in the presence of an enzyme, such as ligase at an appropriate temperature and pH. In some embodiments, T4 DNA ligase can join a nick between nucleic acids at a temperature of about 70-72° C.

As used herein, “blunt-end ligation” and its derivatives, refers to ligation of two blunt-end double-stranded nucleic acid molecules to each other. A “blunt end” refers to an end of a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule wherein substantially all of the nucleotides in the end of one strand of the nucleic acid molecule are base paired with opposing nucleotides in the other strand of the same nucleic acid molecule. A nucleic acid molecule is not blunt ended if it has an end that includes a single-stranded portion greater than two nucleotides in length, referred to herein as an “overhang”. In some embodiments, the end of nucleic acid molecule does not include any single stranded portion, such that every nucleotide in one strand of the end is based paired with opposing nucleotides in the other strand of the same nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the ends of the two blunt ended nucleic acid molecules that become ligated to each other do not include any overlapping, shared or complementary sequence. Typically, blunted-end ligation excludes the use of additional oligonucleotide adapters to assist in the ligation of the double-stranded amplified target sequence to the double-stranded adapter, such as patch oligonucleotides as described in US Pat. Publication No. 2010/0129874. In some embodiments, blunt-ended ligation includes a nick translation reaction to seal a nick created during the ligation process.

As used herein, the terms “adapter” or “adapter and its complements” and their derivatives, refers to any linear oligonucleotide which is ligated to a nucleic acid molecule of the disclosure. Optionally, the adapter includes a nucleic acid sequence that is not substantially complementary to the 3′ end or the 5′ end of at least one target sequences within the sample. In some embodiments, the adapter is substantially non-complementary to the 3′ end or the 5′ end of any target sequence present in the sample. In some embodiments, the adapter includes any single stranded or double-stranded linear oligonucleotide that is not substantially complementary to an amplified target sequence. In some embodiments, the adapter is substantially non-complementary to at least one, some or all of the nucleic acid molecules of the sample. In some embodiments, suitable adapter lengths are in the range of about 10-100 nucleotides, about 12-60 nucleotides and about 15-50 nucleotides in length. An adapter can include any combination of nucleotides and/or nucleic acids. In some aspects, the adapter can include one or more cleavable groups at one or more locations. In another aspect, the adapter can include a sequence that is substantially identical, or substantially complementary, to at least a portion of a primer, for example a universal primer. The structure and properties of universal amplification primers are well known to those skilled in the art and can be implemented for utilization in conjunction with provided methods and compositions to adapt to specific analysis platforms (e.g., as described herein universal P1 and A primers have been described in the art and utilized for sequencing on Ion Torrent sequencing platforms). Similarly, additional and other universal adaptor/primer sequences described and known in the art (e.g., Illumina universal adaptor/primer sequences, PacBio universal adaptor/primer sequences, etc.) can be used in conjunction with the methods and compositions provided herein. In some embodiments, the adapter can include a barcode or tag to assist with downstream cataloguing, identification or sequencing. In some embodiments, a single-stranded adapter can act as a substrate for amplification when ligated to an amplified target sequence, particularly in the presence of a polymerase and dNTPs under suitable temperature and pH.

In some embodiments, an adapter is ligated to a polynucleotide through a blunt-end ligation. In other embodiments, an adapter is ligated to a polynucleotide via nucleotide overhangs on the ends of the adapter and the polynucleotide. For overhang ligation, an adapter may have a nucleotide overhang added to the 3′ and/or 5′ ends of the respective strands if the polynucleotides to which the adapters are to be ligated (eg, amplicons) have a complementary overhang added to the 3′ and/or 5′ ends of the respective strands. For example, adenine nucleotides can be added to the 3′ terminus of an end-repaired PCR product. Adapters having with an overhang formed by thymine nucleotides can then dock with the A-overhang of the amplicon and be ligated to the amplicon by a DNA ligase, such as T4 DNA ligase.

As used herein, “reamplifying” or “reamplification” and their derivatives refer to any process whereby at least a portion of an amplified nucleic acid molecule is further amplified via any suitable amplification process (referred to in some embodiments as a “secondary” amplification or “reamplification”, thereby producing a reamplified nucleic acid molecule. The secondary amplification need not be identical to the original amplification process whereby the amplified nucleic acid molecule was produced; nor need the reamplified nucleic acid molecule be completely identical or completely complementary to the amplified nucleic acid molecule; all that is required is that the reamplified nucleic acid molecule include at least a portion of the amplified nucleic acid molecule or its complement. For example, the reamplification can involve the use of different amplification conditions and/or different primers, including different target-specific primers than the primary amplification.

As defined herein, a “cleavable group” refers to any moiety that once incorporated into a nucleic acid can be cleaved under appropriate conditions. For example, a cleavable group can be incorporated into a target-specific primer, an amplified sequence, an adapter or a nucleic acid molecule of the sample. In an exemplary embodiment, a target-specific primer can include a cleavable group that becomes incorporated into the amplified product and is subsequently cleaved after amplification, thereby removing a portion, or all, of the target-specific primer from the amplified product. The cleavable group can be cleaved or otherwise removed from a target-specific primer, an amplified sequence, an adapter or a nucleic acid molecule of the sample by any acceptable means. For example, a cleavable group can be removed from a target-specific primer, an amplified sequence, an adapter or a nucleic acid molecule of the sample by enzymatic, thermal, photo-oxidative or chemical treatment. In one aspect, a cleavable group can include a nucleobase that is not naturally occurring. For example, an oligodeoxyribonucleotide can include one or more RNA nucleobases, such as uracil that can be removed by a uracil glycosylase. In some embodiments, a cleavable group can include one or more modified nucleobases (such as 7-methylguanine, 8-oxo-guanine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 5,6-dihydrouracil or 5-methylcytosine) or one or more modified nucleosides (i.e., 7-methylguanosine, 8-oxo-deoxyguanosine, xanthosine, inosine, dihydrouridine or 5-methylcytidine). The modified nucleobases or nucleotides can be removed from the nucleic acid by enzymatic, chemical or thermal means. In one embodiment, a cleavable group can include a moiety that can be removed from a primer after amplification (or synthesis) upon exposure to ultraviolet light (i.e., bromodeoxyuridine). In another embodiment, a cleavable group can include methylated cytosine. Typically, methylated cytosine can be cleaved from a primer for example, after induction of amplification (or synthesis), upon sodium bisulfite treatment. In some embodiments, a cleavable moiety can include a restriction site. For example, a primer or target sequence can include a nucleic acid sequence that is specific to one or more restriction enzymes, and following amplification (or synthesis), the primer or target sequence can be treated with the one or more restriction enzymes such that the cleavable group is removed. Typically, one or more cleavable groups can be included at one or more locations with a target-specific primer, an amplified sequence, an adapter or a nucleic acid molecule of the sample.

As used herein, “cleavage step” and its derivatives, refers to any process by which a cleavable group is cleaved or otherwise removed from a target-specific primer, an amplified sequence, an adapter or a nucleic acid molecule of the sample. In some embodiments, the cleavage step involves a chemical, thermal, photo-oxidative or digestive process.

As used herein, the term “hybridization” is consistent with its use in the art, and refers to the process whereby two nucleic acid molecules undergo base pairing interactions. Two nucleic acid molecule molecules are said to be hybridized when any portion of one nucleic acid molecule is base paired with any portion of the other nucleic acid molecule; it is not necessarily required that the two nucleic acid molecules be hybridized across their entire respective lengths and in some embodiments, at least one of the nucleic acid molecules can include portions that are not hybridized to the other nucleic acid molecule. The phrase “hybridizing under stringent conditions” and its variants refers to conditions under which hybridization of a target-specific primer to a target sequence occurs in the presence of high hybridization temperature and low ionic strength. In one exemplary embodiment, stringent hybridization conditions include an aqueous environment containing about 30 mM magnesium sulfate, about 300 mM Tris-sulfate at pH 8.9, and about 90 mM ammonium sulfate at about 60-68° C., or equivalents thereof. As used herein, the phrase “standard hybridization conditions” and its variants refers to conditions under which hybridization of a primer to an oligonucleotide (i.e., a target sequence), occurs in the presence of low hybridization temperature and high ionic strength. In one exemplary embodiment, standard hybridization conditions include an aqueous environment containing about 100 mM magnesium sulfate, about 500 mM Tris-sulfate at pH 8.9, and about 200 mM ammonium sulfate at about 50-55° C., or equivalents thereof.

As used herein, “GC content” and its derivatives, refers to the cytosine and guanine content of a nucleic acid molecule. The GC content of a target-specific primer (or adapter) of the disclosure is 85% or lower. More typically, the GC content of a target-specific primer or adapter of the disclosure is between 15-85%.

As used herein, the term “end” and its variants, when used in reference to a nucleic acid molecule, for example a target sequence or amplified target sequence, can include the terminal 30 nucleotides, the terminal 20 and even more typically the terminal 15 nucleotides of the nucleic acid molecule. A linear nucleic acid molecule comprised of linked series of contiguous nucleotides typically includes at least two ends. In some embodiments, one end of the nucleic acid molecule can include a 3′ hydroxyl group or its equivalent, and is referred to as the “3′ end” and its derivatives. Optionally, the 3′ end includes a 3′ hydroxyl group that is not linked to a 5′ phosphate group of a mononucleotide pentose ring. Typically, the 3′ end includes one or more 5′ linked nucleotides located adjacent to the nucleotide including the unlinked 3′ hydroxyl group, typically the 30 nucleotides located adjacent to the 3′ hydroxyl, typically the terminal 20 and even more typically the terminal 15 nucleotides. One or more linked nucleotides can be represented as a percentage of the nucleotides present in the oligonucleotide or can be provided as a number of linked nucleotides adjacent to the unlinked 3′ hydroxyl. For example, the 3′ end can include less than 50% of the nucleotide length of the oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, the 3′ end does not include any unlinked 3′ hydroxyl group but can include any moiety capable of serving as a site for attachment of nucleotides via primer extension and/or nucleotide polymerization. In some embodiments, the term “3′ end” for example when referring to a target-specific primer, can include the terminal 10 nucleotides, the terminal 5 nucleotides, the terminal 4, 3, 2 or fewer nucleotides at the 3′end. In some embodiments, the term “3′ end” when referring to a target-specific primer can include nucleotides located at nucleotide positions 10 or fewer from the 3′ terminus.

As used herein, “5′ end”, and its derivatives, refers to an end of a nucleic acid molecule, for example a target sequence or amplified target sequence, which includes a free 5′ phosphate group or its equivalent. In some embodiments, the 5′ end includes a 5′ phosphate group that is not linked to a 3′ hydroxyl of a neighboring mononucleotide pentose ring. Typically, the 5′ end includes to one or more linked nucleotides located adjacent to the 5′ phosphate, typically the 30 nucleotides located adjacent to the nucleotide including the 5′ phosphate group, typically the terminal 20 and even more typically the terminal 15 nucleotides. One or more linked nucleotides can be represented as a percentage of the nucleotides present in the oligonucleotide or can be provided as a number of linked nucleotides adjacent to the 5′ phosphate. For example, the 5′ end can be less than 50% of the nucleotide length of an oligonucleotide. In another exemplary embodiment, the 5′ end can include about 15 nucleotides adjacent to the nucleotide including the terminal 5′ phosphate. In some embodiments, the 5′ end does not include any unlinked 5′ phosphate group but can include any moiety capable of serving as a site of attachment to a 3′ hydroxyl group, or to the 3′end of another nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the term “5′ end” for example when referring to a target-specific primer, can include the terminal 10 nucleotides, the terminal 5 nucleotides, the terminal 4, 3, 2 or fewer nucleotides at the 5′end. In some embodiments, the term “5′ end” when referring to a target-specific primer can include nucleotides located at positions 10 or fewer from the 5′ terminus. In some embodiments, the 5′ end of a target-specific primer can include only non-cleavable nucleotides, for example nucleotides that do not contain one or more cleavable groups as disclosed herein, or a cleavable nucleotide as would be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.

As used herein, “DNA barcode” and its derivatives, refers to a unique short (e.g., 6-14 nucleotide) nucleic acid sequence within an adapter that can act as a ‘key’ to distinguish or separate a plurality of amplified target sequences in a sample. For the purposes of this disclosure, a DNA barcode can be incorporated into the nucleotide sequence of an adapter.

As used herein, the phrases “two rounds of target-specific hybridization” or “two rounds of target-specific selection” and their derivatives refers to any process whereby the same target sequence is subjected to two consecutive rounds of hybridization-based target-specific selection, wherein a target sequence is hybridized to a target-specific sequence. Each round of hybridization based target-specific selection can include multiple target-specific hybridizations to at least some portion of a target-specific sequence. In one exemplary embodiment, a round of target-specific selection includes a first target-specific hybridization involving a first region of the target sequence and a second target-specific hybridization involving a second region of the target sequence. The first and second regions can be the same or different. In some embodiments, each round of hybridization-based target-specific selection can include use of two target specific oligonucleotides (e.g., a forward target-specific primer and a reverse target-specific primer), such that each round of selection includes two target-specific hybridizations.

As used herein, “comparable maximal minimum melting temperatures” and its derivatives, refers to the melting temperature (T_(m)) of each nucleic acid fragment for a single adapter or target-specific primer after cleavage of the cleavable groups. The hybridization temperature of each nucleic acid fragment generated by a single adapter or target-specific primer is compared to determine the maximal minimum temperature required preventing hybridization of any nucleic acid fragment from the target-specific primer or adapter to the target sequence. Once the maximal hybridization temperature is known, it is possible to manipulate the adapter or target-specific primer, for example by moving the location of the cleavable group along the length of the primer, to achieve a comparable maximal minimum melting temperature with respect to each nucleic acid fragment.

As used herein, “addition only” and its derivatives, refers to a series of steps in which reagents and components are added to a first or single reaction mixture. Typically, the series of steps excludes the removal of the reaction mixture from a first vessel to a second vessel in order to complete the series of steps. An addition only process excludes the manipulation of the reaction mixture outside the vessel containing the reaction mixture. Typically, an addition-only process is amenable to automation and high-throughput.

As used herein, “synthesizing” and its derivatives, refers to a reaction involving nucleotide polymerization by a polymerase, optionally in a template-dependent fashion. Polymerases synthesize an oligonucleotide via transfer of a nucleoside monophosphate from a nucleoside triphosphate (NTP), deoxynucleoside triphosphate (dNTP) or dideoxynucleoside triphosphate (ddNTP) to the 3′ hydroxyl of an extending oligonucleotide chain. For the purposes of this disclosure, synthesizing includes to the serial extension of a hybridized adapter or a target-specific primer via transfer of a nucleoside monophosphate from a deoxynucleoside triphosphate.

As used herein, “polymerizing conditions” and its derivatives, refers to conditions suitable for nucleotide polymerization. In typical embodiments, such nucleotide polymerization is catalyzed by a polymerase. In some embodiments, polymerizing conditions include conditions for primer extension, optionally in a template-dependent manner, resulting in the generation of a synthesized nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, the polymerizing conditions include polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Typically, the polymerizing conditions include use of a reaction mixture that is sufficient to synthesize nucleic acids and includes a polymerase and nucleotides. The polymerizing conditions can include conditions for annealing of a target-specific primer to a target sequence and extension of the primer in a template dependent manner in the presence of a polymerase. In some embodiments, polymerizing conditions are practiced using thermocycling. Additionally, polymerizing conditions can include a plurality of cycles where the steps of annealing, extending, and separating the two nucleic strands are repeated. Typically, the polymerizing conditions include a cation such as MgCl₂. Polymerization of one or more nucleotides to form a nucleic acid strand includes that the nucleotides be linked to each other via phosphodiester bonds, however, alternative linkages may be possible in the context of particular nucleotide analogs.

As used herein, the term “nucleic acid” refers to natural nucleic acids, artificial nucleic acids, analogs thereof, or combinations thereof, including polynucleotides and oligonucleotides. As used herein, the terms “polynucleotide” and “oligonucleotide” are used interchangeably and mean single-stranded and double-stranded polymers of nucleotides including, but not limited to, 2′-deoxyribonucleotides (nucleic acid) and ribonucleotides (RNA) linked by internucleotide phosphodiester bond linkages, e.g. 3′-5′ and 2′-5′, inverted linkages, e.g. 3′-3′ and 5′-5′, branched structures, or analog nucleic acids. Polynucleotides have associated counter ions, such as H⁺, NH⁴⁺, trialkylammonium, Mg²⁺, Na⁺ and the like. An oligonucleotide can be composed entirely of deoxyribonucleotides, entirely of ribonucleotides, or chimeric mixtures thereof. Oligonucleotides can be comprised of nucleobase and sugar analogs. Polynucleotides typically range in size from a few monomeric units, e.g. 5-40, when they are more commonly frequently referred to in the art as oligonucleotides, to several thousands of monomeric nucleotide units, when they are more commonly referred to in the art as polynucleotides; for purposes of this disclosure, however, both oligonucleotides and polynucleotides may be of any suitable length. Unless denoted otherwise, whenever a oligonucleotide sequence is represented, it will be understood that the nucleotides are in 5′ to 3′ order from left to right and that “A” denotes deoxyadenosine, “C” denotes deoxycytidine, “G” denotes deoxyguanosine, “T” denotes thymidine, and “U” denotes deoxyuridine. Oligonucleotides are said to have “5′ ends” and “3′ ends” because mononucleotides are typically reacted to form oligonucleotides via attachment of the 5′ phosphate or equivalent group of one nucleotide to the 3′ hydroxyl or equivalent group of its neighboring nucleotide, optionally via a phosphodiester or other suitable linkage.

As defined herein, the term “nick translation” and its variants comprise the translocation of one or more nicks or gaps within a nucleic acid strand to a new position along the nucleic acid strand. In some embodiments, a nick is formed when a double stranded adapter is ligated to a double stranded amplified target sequence. In one example, the primer can include at its 5′ end, a phosphate group that can ligate to the double stranded amplified target sequence, leaving a nick between the adapter and the amplified target sequence in the complementary strand. In some embodiments, nick translation results in the movement of the nick to the 3′ end of the nucleic acid strand. In some embodiments, moving the nick can include performing a nick translation reaction on the adapter-ligated amplified target sequence. In some embodiments, the nick translation reaction is a coupled 5′ to 3′ DNA polymerization/degradation reaction, or coupled to a 5′ to 3′ DNA polymerization/strand displacement reaction. In some embodiments, moving the nick can include performing a DNA strand extension reaction at the nick site. In some embodiments, moving the nick can include performing a single strand exonuclease reaction on the nick to form a single stranded portion of the adapter-ligated amplified target sequence and performing a DNA strand extension reaction on the single stranded portion of the adapter-ligated amplified target sequence to a new position. In some embodiments, a nick is formed in the nucleic acid strand opposite the site of ligation.

As used herein, the term “polymerase chain reaction” (“PCR”) refers to the method of K. B. Mullis U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202, hereby incorporated by reference, which describe a method for increasing the concentration of a segment of a polynucleotide of interest in a mixture of expressed RNA or cDNA without cloning or purification. This process for amplifying the polynucleotide of interest consists of introducing a large excess of two oligonucleotide primers to the DNA mixture containing the desired polynucleotide of interest, followed by a precise sequence of thermal cycling in the presence of a DNA polymerase. The two primers are complementary to their respective strands of the double stranded polynucleotide of interest. To effect amplification, the mixture is denatured and the primers then annealed to their complementary sequences within the polynucleotide of interest molecule. Following annealing, the primers are extended with a polymerase to form a new pair of complementary strands. The steps of denaturation, primer annealing and polymerase extension can be repeated many times (i.e., denaturation, annealing and extension constitute one “cycle”; there can be numerous “cycles”) to obtain a high concentration of an amplified segment of the desired polynucleotide of interest. The length of the amplified segment of the desired polynucleotide of interest (amplicon) is determined by the relative positions of the primers with respect to each other, and therefore, this length is a controllable parameter. By virtue of repeating the process, the method is referred to as the “polymerase chain reaction” (hereinafter “PCR”). Because the desired amplified segments of the polynucleotide of interest become the predominant nucleic acid sequences (in terms of concentration) in the mixture, they are said to be “PCR amplified”. As defined herein, target nucleic acid molecules within a sample including a plurality of target nucleic acid molecules are amplified via PCR. In a modification to the method discussed above, the target nucleic acid molecules are PCR amplified using a plurality of different primer pairs, in some cases, one or more primer pairs per target nucleic acid molecule of interest, thereby forming a multiplex PCR reaction. In some embodiments provided herein, multiplex PCR amplifications are performed using a plurality of different primer pairs, in typical cases, one primer pair per target nucleic acid molecule. Using multiplex PCR, it is possible to simultaneously amplify multiple nucleic acid molecules of interest from a sample to form amplified target sequences. It is also possible to detect the amplified target sequences by several different methodologies (e.g., quantitation with a bioanalyzer or qPCR, hybridization with a labeled probe; incorporation of biotinylated primers followed by avidin-enzyme conjugate detection; incorporation of ³²P-labeled deoxynucleotide triphosphates, such as dCTP or dATP, into the amplified target sequence). Any oligonucleotide sequence can be amplified with the appropriate set of primers, thereby allowing for the amplification of target nucleic acid molecules from RNA, cDNA, formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded DNA, fine-needle biopsies and various other sources. In particular, the amplified target sequences created by the multiplex PCR process as disclosed herein, are themselves efficient substrates for subsequent PCR amplification or various downstream assays or manipulations.

As defined herein “multiplex amplification” refers to selective and non-random amplification of two or more target sequences within a sample using at least one target-specific primer. In some embodiments, multiplex amplification is performed such that some or all of the target sequences are amplified within a single reaction vessel. The “plexy” or “plex” of a given multiplex amplification refers to the number of different target-specific sequences that are amplified during that single multiplex amplification. In some embodiments, the plexy is about 12-plex, 24-plex, 48-plex, 74-plex, 96-plex, 120-plex, 144-plex, 168-plex, 192-plex, 216-plex, 240-plex, 264-plex, 288-plex, 312-plex, 336-plex, 360-plex, 384-plex, or 398-plex. In some embodiments, highly multiplexed amplification reactions include reactions with a plexy of greater than 12-plex.

In some embodiments, the amplified target sequences are formed via PCR. Extension of target-specific primers can be accomplished using one or more DNA polymerases. In one embodiment, the polymerase is any Family A DNA polymerase (also known as pol I family) or any Family B DNA polymerase. In some embodiments, the DNA polymerase is a recombinant form capable of extending target-specific primers with superior accuracy and yield as compared to a non-recombinant DNA polymerase. For example, the polymerase can include a high-fidelity polymerase or thermostable polymerase. In some embodiments, conditions for extension of target-specific primers can include ‘Hot Start’ conditions, for example Hot Start polymerases, such as Amplitaq Gold® DNA polymerase (Applied Biosciences), Platinum® Taq DNA Polymerase High Fidelity (Invitrogen) or KOD Hot Start DNA polymerase (EMD Biosciences). A ‘Hot Start’ polymerase includes a thermostable polymerase and one or more antibodies that inhibit DNA polymerase and 3′-5′ exonuclease activities at ambient temperature. In some instances, ‘Hot Start’ conditions can include an aptamer.

In some embodiments, the polymerase is an enzyme such as Taq polymerase (from Thermus aquaticus), Tfi polymerase (from Thermus filiformis), Bst polymerase (from Bacillus stearothermophilus), Pfu polymerase (from Pyrococcus furiosus), Tth polymerase (from Thermus thermophilus), Pow polymerase (from Pyrococcus woesei), Tli polymerase (from Thermococcus litoralis), Ultima polymerase (from Thermotoga maritima), KOD polymerase (from Thermococcus kodakaraensis), Pol I and II polymerases (from Pyrococcus abyssi) and Pab (from Pyrococcus abyssi). In some embodiments, the DNA polymerase can include at least one polymerase such as Amplitaq Gold® DNA polymerase (Applied Biosciences), Stoffel fragment of Amplitaq® DNA Polymerase (Roche), KOD polymerase (EMD Biosciences), KOD Hot Start polymerase (EMD Biosciences), Deep Vent™ DNA polymerase (New England Biolabs), Phusion polymerase (New England Biolabs), Klentaq1 polymerase (DNA Polymerase Technology, Inc), Klentaq Long Accuracy polymerase (DNA Polymerase Technology, Inc), Omni KlenTaq™ DNA polymerase (DNA Polymerase Technology, Inc), Omni KlenTaq™ LA DNA polymerase (DNA Polymerase Technology, Inc), Platinum® Taq DNA Polymerase (Invitrogen), Hemo Klentag™ (New England Biolabs), Platinum® Taq DNA Polymerase High Fidelity (Invitrogen), Platinum® Pfx (Invitrogen), Accuprime™ Pfx (Invitrogen), or Accuprime™ Taq DNA Polymerase High Fidelity (Invitrogen).

In some embodiments, the DNA polymerase is a thermostable DNA polymerase. In some embodiments, the mixture of dNTPs is applied concurrently, or sequentially, in a random or defined order. In some embodiments, the amount of DNA polymerase present in the multiplex reaction is significantly higher than the amount of DNA polymerase used in a corresponding single plex PCR reaction. As defined herein, the term “significantly higher” refers to an at least 3-fold greater concentration of DNA polymerase present in the multiplex PCR reaction as compared to a corresponding single plex PCR reaction.

In some embodiments, the amplification reaction does not include a circularization of amplification product, for example as disclosed by rolling circle amplification.

The practice of the present subject matter may employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques and descriptions of organic chemistry, molecular biology (including recombinant techniques), cell biology, and biochemistry, which are within the skill of the art. Such conventional techniques include, but are not limited to, preparation of synthetic polynucleotides, polymerization techniques, chemical and physical analysis of polymer particles, preparation of nucleic acid libraries, nucleic acid sequencing and analysis, and the like. Specific illustrations of suitable techniques can be used by reference to the examples provided herein. Other equivalent conventional procedures can also be used. Such conventional techniques and descriptions can be found in standard laboratory manuals such as Genome Analysis: A Laboratory Manual Series (Vols. I-IV), PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual, and Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (all from Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press), Hermanson, Bioconjugate Techniques, Second Edition (Academic Press, 2008); Merkus, Particle Size Measurements (Springer, 2009); Rubinstein and Colby, Polymer Physics (Oxford University Press, 2003); and the like.

According to various exemplary embodiments, one or more features of any one or more of the above-discussed teachings and/or exemplary embodiments may be performed or implemented using appropriately configured and/or programmed hardware and/or software elements. Determining whether an embodiment is implemented using hardware and/or software elements may be based on any number of factors, such as desired computational rate, power levels, heat tolerances, processing cycle budget, input data rates, output data rates, memory resources, data bus speeds, etc., and other design or performance constraints.

Examples of hardware elements may include processors, microprocessors, input(s) and/or output(s) (I/O) device(s) (or peripherals) that are communicatively coupled via a local interface circuit, circuit elements (e.g., transistors, resistors, capacitors, inductors, and so forth), integrated circuits, application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), programmable logic devices (PLD), digital signal processors (DSP), field programmable gate array (FPGA), logic gates, registers, semiconductor device, chips, microchips, chip sets, and so forth. The local interface may include, for example, one or more buses or other wired or wireless connections, controllers, buffers (caches), drivers, repeaters and receivers, etc., to allow appropriate communications between hardware components. A processor is a hardware device for executing software, particularly software stored in memory. The processor can be any custom made or commercially available processor, a central processing unit (CPU), an auxiliary processor among several processors associated with the computer, a semiconductor based microprocessor (e.g., in the form of a microchip or chip set), a macroprocessor, or any device for executing software instructions. A processor can also represent a distributed processing architecture. The I/O devices can include input devices, for example, a keyboard, a mouse, a scanner, a microphone, a touch screen, an interface for various medical devices and/or laboratory instruments, a bar code reader, a stylus, a laser reader, a radio-frequency device reader, etc. Furthermore, the I/O devices also can include output devices, for example, a printer, a bar code printer, a display, etc. Finally, the I/O devices further can include devices that communicate as both inputs and outputs, for example, a modulator/demodulator (modem; for accessing another device, system, or network), a radio frequency (RF) or other transceiver, a telephonic interface, a bridge, a router, etc.

Examples of software may include software components, programs, applications, computer programs, application programs, system programs, machine programs, operating system software, middleware, firmware, software modules, routines, subroutines, functions, methods, procedures, software interfaces, application program interfaces (API), instruction sets, computing code, computer code, code segments, computer code segments, words, values, symbols, or any combination thereof. A software in memory may include one or more separate programs, which may include ordered listings of executable instructions for implementing logical functions. The software in memory may include a system for identifying data streams in accordance with the present teachings and any suitable custom made or commercially available operating system (O/S), which may control the execution of other computer programs such as the system, and provides scheduling, input-output control, file and data management, memory management, communication control, etc.

According to various exemplary embodiments, one or more features of any one or more of the above-discussed teachings and/or exemplary embodiments may be performed or implemented using appropriately configured and/or programmed non-transitory machine-readable medium or article that may store an instruction or a set of instructions that, if executed by a machine, may cause the machine to perform a method and/or operations in accordance with the exemplary embodiments. Such a machine may include, for example, any suitable processing platform, computing platform, computing device, processing device, computing system, processing system, computer, processor, scientific or laboratory instrument, etc., and may be implemented using any suitable combination of hardware and/or software. The machine-readable medium or article may include, for example, any suitable type of memory unit, memory device, memory article, memory medium, storage device, storage article, storage medium and/or storage unit, for example, memory, removable or non-removable media, erasable or non-erasable media, writeable or re-writeable media, digital or analog media, hard disk, floppy disk, read-only memory compact disc (CD-ROM), recordable compact disc (CD-R), rewriteable compact disc (CD-RW), optical disk, magnetic media, magneto-optical media, removable memory cards or disks, various types of Digital Versatile Disc (DVD), a tape, a cassette, etc., including any medium suitable for use in a computer. Memory can include any one or a combination of volatile memory elements (e.g., random access memory (RAM, such as DRAM, SRAM, SDRAM, etc.)) and nonvolatile memory elements (e.g., ROM, EPROM, EEROM, Flash memory, hard drive, tape, CDROM, etc.). Moreover, memory can incorporate electronic, magnetic, optical, and/or other types of storage media. Memory can have a distributed architecture where various components are situated remote from one another, but are still accessed by the processor. The instructions may include any suitable type of code, such as source code, compiled code, interpreted code, executable code, static code, dynamic code, encrypted code, etc., implemented using any suitable high-level, low-level, object-oriented, visual, compiled and/or interpreted programming language.

According to various exemplary embodiments, one or more features of any one or more of the above-discussed teachings and/or exemplary embodiments may be performed or implemented at least partly using a distributed, clustered, remote, or cloud computing resource.

According to various exemplary embodiments, one or more features of any one or more of the above-discussed teachings and/or exemplary embodiments may be performed or implemented using a source program, executable program (object code), script, or any other entity comprising a set of instructions to be performed. When a source program, the program can be translated via a compiler, assembler, interpreter, etc., which may or may not be included within the memory, so as to operate properly in connection with the O/S. The instructions may be written using (a) an object oriented programming language, which has classes of data and methods, or (b) a procedural programming language, which has routines, subroutines, and/or functions, which may include, for example, C, C++, Pascal, Basic, Fortran, Cobol, Perl, Java, and Ada.

According to various exemplary embodiments, one or more of the above-discussed exemplary embodiments may include transmitting, displaying, storing, printing or outputting to a user interface device, a computer readable storage medium, a local computer system or a remote computer system, information related to any information, signal, data, and/or intermediate or final results that may have been generated, accessed, or used by such exemplary embodiments. Such transmitted, displayed, stored, printed or outputted information can take the form of searchable and/or filterable lists of runs and reports, pictures, tables, charts, graphs, spreadsheets, correlations, sequences, and combinations thereof, for example.

Various additional exemplary embodiments may be derived by repeating, adding, or substituting any generically or specifically described features and/or components and/or substances and/or steps and/or operating conditions set forth in one or more of the above-described exemplary embodiments. Further, it should be understood that an order of steps or order for performing certain actions is immaterial so long as the objective of the steps or action remains achievable, unless specifically stated otherwise. Furthermore, two or more steps or actions can be conducted simultaneously so long as the objective of the steps or action remains achievable, unless specifically stated otherwise. Moreover, any one or more feature, component, aspect, step, or other characteristic mentioned in one of the above-discussed exemplary embodiments may be considered to be a potential optional feature, component, aspect, step, or other characteristic of any other of the above-discussed exemplary embodiments so long as the objective of such any other of the above-discussed exemplary embodiments remains achievable, unless specifically stated otherwise.

In certain embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise target immune receptor primer sets wherein the primers are directed to sequences of the same target immune receptor gene Immune receptors are selected from T cell receptors and antibody receptors. In some embodiments a T cell receptor is a T cell receptor selected from the group consisting of TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR gamma, and TCR delta. In some embodiments the immune receptor is an antibody receptor selected from the group consisting of heavy chain alpha, heavy chain delta, heavy chain epsilon, heavy chain gamma, heavy chain mu, light chain kappa, and light chain lambda.

In some embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise target immune receptor primer sets selected to have various parameters or criteria outlined herein. In some embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise a plurality of target-specific primers (e.g., V gene FR1-, FR2- and FR3-directed primers, the J gene directed primers, and the C gene directed primers) of about 15 nucleotides to about 40 nucleotides in length and having at least two or more following criteria: a cleavable group located at a 3′ end of substantially all of the plurality of primers, a cleavable group located near or about a central nucleotide of substantially all of the plurality of primers, substantially all of the plurality of primers at a 5′ end including only non-cleavable nucleotides, minimal cross-hybridization to substantially all of the primers in the plurality of primers, minimal cross-hybridization to non-specific sequences present in a sample, minimal self-complementarity, and minimal nucleotide sequence overlap at a 3′ end or a 5′ end of substantially all of the primers in the plurality of primers. In some embodiments, the composition can include primers with any 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 of the above criteria.

In some embodiments, composition comprise a plurality of target-specific primers of about 15 nucleotides to about 40 nucleotides in length having two or more of the following criteria: a cleavable group located near or about a central nucleotide of substantially all of the plurality of primers, substantially all of the plurality of primers at a 5′ end including only non-cleavable nucleotides, substantially all of the plurality of primers having less than 20% of the nucleotides across the primer's entire length containing a cleavable group, at least one primer having a complementary nucleic acid sequence across its entire length to a target sequence present in a sample, minimal cross-hybridization to substantially all of the primers in the plurality of primers, minimal cross-hybridization to non-specific sequences present in a sample, and minimal nucleotide sequence overlap at a 3′ end or a 5′ end of substantially all of the primers in the plurality of primers. In some embodiments, the composition can include primers with any 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 of the above criteria.

In some embodiments, target-specific primers (e.g., the V gene FR1-, FR2- and FR3-directed primers, the J gene directed primers, and the C gene directed primers) used in the compositions of the invention are selected or designed to satisfy any one or more of the following criteria: (1) includes two or more modified nucleotides within the primer sequence, at least one of which is included near or at the termini of the primer and at least one of which is included at, or about the center nucleotide position of the primer sequence; (2) length of about 15 to about 40 bases in length; (3) T_(m) of from above 60° C. to about 70° C.; (4) low cross-reactivity with non-target sequences present in the sample; (5) at least the first four nucleotides (going from 3′ to 5′ direction) are non-complementary to any sequence within any other primer present in the composition; and (6) non-complementary to any consecutive stretch of at least 5 nucleotides within any other sequence targeted for amplification with the primers. In some embodiments, the target-specific primers used in the compositions are selected or designed to satisfy any 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the above criteria. In some embodiments, the two or more modified nucleotides have cleavable groups. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of target-specific primers comprises two or more modified nucleotides selected from a cleavable group of methylguanine, 8-oxo-guanine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 5,6-dihydrouracil, uracil, 5-methylcytosine, thymine-dimer, 7-methylguanosine, 8-oxo-deoxyguanosine, xanthosine, inosine, dihydrouridine, bromodeoxyuridine, uridine or 5-methylcytidine.

In some embodiments compositions are provided for analysis of an immune repertoire in a sample, comprising at least one set of i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene; and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor is configured to amplify the target immune receptor repertoire. In certain embodiments a single set of primers comprising i) and ii) is encompassed within a composition. In particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to an immune receptor comprising a T cell receptor. In more particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR beta. In other embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR alpha. In still other embodiments at least two sets of primers are encompassed in a composition wherein the sets are directed to TCR alpha and TCR beta.

In particular embodiments, compositions provided include target immune receptor primer sets comprising one or more of a plurality of V gene primers directed to a sequence over an FR1 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments, the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR1 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 90 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 50 to about 80 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 55 to about 75 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 60 to about 70 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises one or more C gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least two C gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the same 50 nucleotide region within the target C gene.

In particular embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and C gene primers ii) selected from Tables 2 and 4, respectively. In other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 181-184 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 181-184. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 181-182 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 183-184. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 181-182 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 183-184. In other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 183-184. In other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 181-182. In certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-155, and 181-182 or at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-155, and 183-184. In still other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 181-182. In still other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 183-184. In still other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92 and 95-182. In still other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180, and 183-184.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184.

In some embodiments compositions are provided for analysis of an immune repertoire in a sample, comprising at least one set of i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene; and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor is configured to amplify the target immune receptor repertoire. In certain embodiments a single set of primers comprising i) and ii) is encompassed within a composition. In particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to an immune receptor comprising a T cell receptor. In more particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR beta. In other embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR alpha. In still other embodiments at least two sets of primers are encompassed in a composition wherein the sets are directed to TCR alpha and TCR beta.

In certain embodiments, compositions provided include target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In particular embodiments, compositions provided include target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 40 to about 60 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 80 different FR3-directed primers. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 50 to about 70 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 55 to about 65 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments, a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 58, 59, 60, 61, or 62 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises one or more C gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least two C gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the same 50 nucleotide region within the target C gene.

In particular embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and C gene primers ii) selected from Tables 3 and 4, respectively. In certain other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 181-184 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 181-184. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 183-184 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 181-182. In other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 185-243 and 181-182. In other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 185-243 and 183-184. In other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 181-182 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 183-184. In other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 181-182 and 185-243. In still other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-307 and 181-182. In still other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-307 and 183-184.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184.

In some embodiments compositions are provided for analysis of an immune repertoire in a sample, comprising at least one set of i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene; and ii) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of the respective target C gene of the immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor is configured to amplify the target immune receptor repertoire. In certain embodiments a single set of primers comprising i) and ii) is encompassed within a composition. In particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to an immune receptor comprising a T cell receptor. In more particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR beta. In other embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR alpha. In still other embodiments at least two sets of primers are encompassed in a composition wherein the sets are directed to TCR alpha and TCR beta.

In particular embodiments, compositions provided include target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR2 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR2 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 90 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 30 to about 60 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 20 to about 50 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 60 to about 70 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments, a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 20 to about 30 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises one or more C gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least two C gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the same 50 nucleotide region within the target C gene.

In particular embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and C gene primers ii) selected from Tables 6 and 4, respectively. In certain other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 183-184. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 183-184.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 181-182. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least one primer selected from SEQ ID NOs: 183-184.

In some embodiments compositions are provided for analysis of an immune repertoire in a sample, comprising at least one set of i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene; and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor is configured to amplify the target immune receptor repertoire. In certain embodiments a single set of primers comprising i) and ii) is encompassed within a composition. In particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to an immune receptor comprising a T cell receptor. In more particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR beta. In other embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR alpha. In still other embodiments at least two sets of primers are encompassed in a composition wherein the sets are directed to TCR alpha and TCR beta.

In particular embodiments, compositions provided include target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In other embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR3 region about 40 to about 60 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 80 different FR3-directed primers. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 50 to about 70 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 55 to about 65 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments, a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 58, 59, 60, 61, or 62 different FR3-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises a plurality of J gene primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 10 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 10 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the same 50 nucleotide region within a target J gene region. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 10 to about 20 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12 to about 18 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the J gene portion within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or 18 different J gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 14 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides.

In particular embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and J gene primers ii) selected from Tables 3 and 5, respectively. In certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 398-482. In other certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 313-342. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and 414-427. In certain other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 185-243 and 313-328. In still other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 185-243 and 398-413. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 313-328 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 398-413. In certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 398-482. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 329-342. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 414-427. In certain other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 398-413. In still other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and 313-328.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 249-312 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 185-248 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427.

In some embodiments compositions are provided for analysis of an immune repertoire in a sample, comprising at least one set of i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene; and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor is configured to amplify the target immune receptor repertoire. In certain embodiments a single set of primers comprising i) and ii) is encompassed within a composition. In particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to an immune receptor comprising a T cell receptor. In more particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR beta. In other embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR alpha. In still other embodiments at least two sets of primers are encompassed in a composition wherein the sets are directed to TCR alpha and TCR beta.

In particular embodiments, compositions provided include target immune receptor primer sets comprising one or more of a plurality of V gene primers directed to a sequence over an FR1 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR1 region about 80 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments, the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR1 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 90 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 50 to about 80 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 55 to about 75 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 60 to about 70 different FR1-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises a plurality of J gene primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 10 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 10 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of the same 50 nucleotide region within a target J gene region. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 10 to about 20 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12 to about 18 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or 18 different J gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 14 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides.

In particular embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and J gene primers ii) selected from Tables 2 and 5, respectively. In certain other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 313-397. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and 398-482 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 398-482. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 398-482 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 313-397. In still other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 329-342. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 414-427. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 313-328. In certain other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 1-64 and 398-413. In certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 313-342 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and 398-427. In certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 313-342 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 398-427. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 414-427. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-155 and 329-342. In still other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 398-414. In still other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 313-328. In still other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 329-342 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 313-329. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 414-427. In certain other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180 and 313-328. In still other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers of i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-180, and 303-318.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1-89 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 50 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 60 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 90-180 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427. In some embodiments compositions are provided for analysis of an immune repertoire in a sample, comprising at least one set of i) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V gene of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of FR2 within the V gene; and ii) a plurality of J gene primers directed to a majority of different J genes of the respective target immune receptor coding sequence, wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor sequences is selected from the group consisting of a T cell receptor and an antibody receptor and wherein each set of i) and ii) primers directed to the same target immune receptor is configured to amplify the target immune receptor repertoire. In certain embodiments a single set of primers comprising i) and ii) is encompassed within a composition. In particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to an immune receptor comprising a T cell receptor. In more particular embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR beta. In other embodiments such set comprises primers directed to TCR alpha. In still other embodiments at least two sets of primers are encompassed in a composition wherein the sets are directed to TCR alpha and TCR beta.

In particular embodiments, compositions provided include target immune receptor primer sets comprising V gene primers wherein the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR2 region about 70 nucleotides in length. In other particular embodiments the one or more of a plurality of V gene primers are directed to sequences over an FR2 region about 50 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 45 to about 90 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 30 to about 60 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 20 to about 50 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises V gene primers comprising about 60 to about 70 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments, a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 20 to about 30 different FR2-directed primers. In some embodiments the target immune receptor primer set comprises a plurality of J gene primers. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 10 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises at least 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 10 to about 20 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12 to about 18 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In some embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or 18 different J gene primers. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 16 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides. In particular embodiments a target immune receptor primer set comprises about 14 J gene primers wherein each is directed to at least a portion of a J gene within target polynucleotides.

In particular embodiments, compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers comprising V gene primers i) and J gene primers ii) selected from Tables 6 and 5, respectively. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 313-397 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 398-482. In certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 313-342 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 398-427. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 313-329 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 329-342. In certain embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 398-414 or selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 414-427. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 313-328 or comprising primers SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and 398-413.

In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-397. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-482. In some embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 313-342. In other embodiments compositions of the invention comprise at least one set of primers i) and ii) comprising at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 483-505 and at least 10 primers, at least 12 primers, at least 14 primers, at least 16 primers, at least 18 primers, or at least 20 primers selected from SEQ ID NOs: 398-427.

In some embodiments, multiple different primers including at least one modified nucleotide can be used in a single amplification reaction. For example, multiplexed primers including modified nucleotides can be added to the amplification reaction mixture, where each primer (or set of primers) selectively hybridizes to, and promotes amplification of different rearranged target nucleic acid molecules within the nucleic acid population. In some embodiments, the target specific primers can include at least one uracil nucleotide.

In some embodiments, multiplex amplification may be performed using PCR and cycles of denaturation, primer annealing, and polymerase extension steps at set temperatures for set times. In some embodiments, about 12 cycles to about 30 cycles are used to generate the amplicon library in the multiplex amplification reaction. In some embodiments, 13 cycles, 14 cycles, 15 cycles, 16 cycles, 17 cycles, 18 cycles, 19 cycles, preferably 20 cycles, 23 cycles, or 25 cycles are used to generate the amplicon library in the multiplex amplification reaction. In some embodiments, 17-25 cycles are used to generate the amplicon library in the multiplex amplification reaction.

In some embodiments, the amplification reactions are conducted in parallel within a single reaction phase (for example, within the same amplification reaction mixture within a single well or tube). In some instances, an amplification reaction can generate a mixture of products including both the intended amplicon product as well as unintended, unwanted, nonspecific amplification artifacts such as primer-dimers. Post amplification, the reactions are then treated with any suitable agent that will selectively cleave or otherwise selectively destroy the nucleotide linkages of the modified nucleotides within the excess unincorporated primers and the amplification artifacts without cleaving or destroying the specification amplification products. For example, the primers can include uracil-containing nucleobases that can be selectively cleaved using UNG/UDG (optionally with heat and/or alkali) In some embodiments, the primers can include uracil-containing nucleotides that can be selectively cleaved using UNG and Fpg. In some embodiments, the cleavage treatment includes exposure to oxidizing conditions for selective cleavage of dithiols, treatment with RNAse H for selective cleavage of modified nucleotides including RNA-specific moieties (e.g., ribose sugars, etc.), and the like. This cleavage treatment can effectively fragment the original amplification primers and non-specific amplification products into small nucleic acid fragments that include relatively few nucleotides each. Such fragments are typically incapable of promoting further amplification at elevated temperatures. Such fragments can also be removed relatively easily from the reaction pool through the various post-amplification cleanup procedures known in the art (e.g., spin columns, NaEtOH precipitation, etc).

In some embodiments, amplification products following cleavage or other selective destruction of the nucleotide linkages of the modified nucleotides are optionally treated to generate amplification products that possess a phosphate at the 5′ termini In some embodiments, the phosphorylation treatment includes enzymatic manipulation to produce 5′ phosphorylated amplification products. In one embodiment, enzymes such as polymerases can be used to generate 5′ phosphorylated amplification products. For example, T4 polymerase can be used to prepare 5′ phosphorylated amplicon products. Klenow can be used in conjunction with one or more other enzymes to produce amplification products with a 5′ phosphate. In some embodiments, other enzymes known in the art can be used to prepare amplification products with a 5′ phosphate group. For example, incubation of uracil nucleotide containing amplification products with the enzyme UDG, Fpg and T4 polymerase can be used to generate amplification products with a phosphate at the 5′ termini. It will be apparent to one of skill in the art that other techniques, other than those specifically described herein, can be applied to generate phosphorylated amplicons. It is understood that such variations and modifications that are applied to practice the methods, systems, kits, compositions and apparatuses disclosed herein, without resorting to undue experimentation are considered within the scope of the disclosure.

In some embodiments, primers that are incorporated in the intended (specific) amplification products, these primers are similarly cleaved or destroyed, resulting in the formation of “sticky ends” (e.g., 5′ or 3′ overhangs) within the specific amplification products. Such “sticky ends” can be addressed in several ways. For example, if the specific amplification products are to be cloned, the overhang regions can be designed to complement overhangs introduced into the cloning vector, thereby enabling sticky ended ligations that are more rapid and efficient than blunt ended ligations. Alternatively, the overhangs may need to be repaired (as with several next-generation sequencing methods). Such repair can be accomplished either through secondary amplification reactions using only forward and reverse amplification primers (e.g., correspond to A and P1 primers) comprised of only natural bases. In this manner, subsequent rounds of amplification rebuild the double-stranded templates, with nascent copies of the amplicon possessing the complete sequence of the original strands prior to primer destruction. Alternatively, the sticky ends can be removed using some forms of fill-in and ligation processing, wherein the forward and reverse primers are annealed to the templates. A polymerase can then be employed to extend the primers, and then a ligase, optionally a thermostable ligase, can be utilized to connect the resulting nucleic acid strands. This could obviously be also accomplished through various other reaction pathways, such as cyclical extend-ligation, etc. In some embodiments, the ligation step can be performed using one or more DNA ligases.

In some embodiments, the amplicon library prepared using target-specific primer pairs can be used in downstream enrichment applications such as emulsion PCR, bridge PCR or isothermal amplification. In some embodiments, the amplicon library can be used in an enrichment application and a sequencing application. For example, an amplicon library can be sequenced using any suitable DNA sequencing platform, including any suitable next generation DNA sequencing platform. In some embodiments, an amplicon library can be sequenced using an Ion Torrent PGM Sequencer or an Ion Torrent S5 Sequencer (Thermo Fisher Scientific). In some embodiments, a PGM sequencer or S5 sequencer can be coupled to server that applies parameters or software to determine the sequence of the amplified target nucleic acid molecules. In some embodiments, the amplicon library can be prepared, enriched and sequenced in less than 24 hours. In some embodiments, the amplicon library can be prepared, enriched and sequenced in approximately 9 hours.

In some embodiments, methods for generating an amplicon library can include: amplifying cDNA of immune receptor genes using V gene-specific and C gene-specific primers to generate amplicons; purifying the amplicons from the input DNA and primers; phosphorylating the amplicons; ligating adapters to the phosphorylated amplicons; purifying the ligated amplicons; nick-translating the amplified amplicons; and purifying the nick-translated amplicons to generate the amplicon library. In some embodiments, methods for generating an amplicon library can include: amplifying cDNA of immune receptor genes using V gene-specific and J gene-specific primers to generate amplicons; purifying the amplicons from the input DNA and primers; phosphorylating the amplicons; ligating adapters to the phosphorylated amplicons; purifying the ligated amplicons; nick-translating the amplified amplicons; and purifying the nick-translated amplicons to generate the amplicon library. In some embodiments, additional amplicon library manipulations can be conducted following the step of amplification of rearranged immune receptor gene targets to generate the amplicons. In some embodiments, any combination of additional reactions can be conducted in any order, and can include: purifying; phosphorylating; ligating adapters; nick-translating; amplification and/or sequencing. In some embodiments, any of these reactions can be omitted or can be repeated. It will be readily apparent to one of skill in the art that the method can repeat or omit any one or more of the above steps. It will also be apparent to one of skill in the art that the order and combination of steps may be modified to generate the required amplicon library, and is not therefore limited to the exemplary methods provided.

A phosphorylated amplicon can be joined to an adapter to conduct a nick translation reaction, subsequent downstream amplification (e.g., template preparation), or for attachment to particles (e.g., beads), or both. For example, an adapter that is joined to a phosphorylated amplicon can anneal to an oligonucleotide capture primer which is attached to a particle, and a primer extension reaction can be conducted to generate a complimentary copy of the amplicon attached to the particle or surface, thereby attaching an amplicon to a surface or particle. Adapters can have one or more amplification primer hybridization sites, sequencing primer hybridization sites, barcode sequences, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, amplicons prepared by the methods disclosed herein can be joined to one or more Ion Torrent™ compatible adapters to construct an amplicon library. Amplicons generated by such methods can be joined to one or more adapters for library construction to be compatible with a next generation sequencing platform. For example, the amplicons produced by the teachings of the present disclosure can be attached to adapters provided in the Ion AmpliSeg™ Library Kit 2.0 or Ion AmpliSeg™ Library Kit Plus (Thermo Fisher Scientific).

In some embodiments, amplification of rearranged immune receptor cDNA can be conducted using a 5× Ion AmpliSeg™ HiFi Master Mix. In some embodiments, the 5× Ion AmpliSeg™ HiFi Master Mix can include glycerol, dNTPs, and a DNA polymerase such as Platinum™ Taq DNA polymerase High Fidelity. In some embodiments, the 5× Ion AmpliSeg™ HiFi Master Mix can further include at least one of the following: a preservative, magnesium chloride, magnesium sulfate, tris-sulfate and/or ammonium sulfate.

In some embodiments, phosphorylation of the amplicons can be conducted using a FuPa reagent. In some embodiments, the FuPa reagent can include a DNA polymerase, a DNA ligase, at least one uracil cleaving or modifying enzyme, and/or a storage buffer. In some embodiments, the FuPa reagent can further include at least one of the following: a preservative and/or a detergent.

In some embodiments, phosphorylation of the amplicons can be conducted using a FuPa reagent. In some embodiments, the FuPa reagent can include a DNA polymerase, at least one uracil cleaving or modifying enzyme, an antibody and/or a storage buffer. In some embodiments, the FuPa reagent can further include at least one of the following: a preservative and/or a detergent. In some embodiments, the antibody is provided to inhibit the DNA polymerase and 3′-5′ exonuclease activities at ambient temperature.

In some embodiments, the amplicon library produced by the teachings of the present disclosure are sufficient in yield to be used in a variety of downstream applications including the Ion Chef™ instrument and the Ion S5™ Sequencing Systems (Thermo Fisher Scientific).

It will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that numerous other techniques, platforms or methods for clonal amplification such as wildfire PCR and bridge amplification can be used in conjunction with the amplified target sequences of the present disclosure. It is also envisaged that one of ordinary skill in art upon further refinement or optimization of the conditions provided herein can proceed directly to nucleic acid sequencing (for example using the Ion PGM™ or Ion S5™ or Ion Proton™ sequencers, Thermo Fisher Scientific) without performing a clonal amplification step.

In some embodiments, at least one of the amplified targets sequences to be clonally amplified can be attached to a support or particle. The support can be comprised of any suitable material and have any suitable shape, including, for example, planar, spheroid or particulate. In some embodiments, the support is a scaffolded polymer particle as described in U.S. Published App. No. 20100304982, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

In some embodiments, a kit is provided for amplifying multiple immune receptor expression sequences from a population of nucleic acid molecules in a single reaction. In some embodiments, the kit includes a plurality of target-specific primer pairs containing one or more cleavable groups, one or more DNA polymerases, a mixture of dNTPs and at least one cleaving reagent. In one embodiment, the cleavable group is 8-oxo-deoxyguanosine, deoxyuridine or bromodeoxyuridine. In some embodiments, the at least one cleaving reagent includes RNaseH, uracil DNA glycosylase, Fpg or alkali In one embodiment, the cleaving reagent is uracil DNA glycosylase. In some embodiments, the kit is provided to perform multiplex PCR in a single reaction chamber or vessel. In some embodiments, the kit includes at least one DNA polymerase, which is a thermostable DNA polymerase. In some embodiments, the concentration of the one or more DNA polymerases is present in a 3-fold excess as compared to a single PCR reaction. In some embodiments, the final concentration of each target-specific primer pair is present at about 5 nM to about 2000 nM. In some embodiments, the final concentration of each target-specific primer pair is present at about 25 nM to about 50 nM or about 100 nM to about 800 nM. In some embodiments, the final concentration of each target-specific primer pair is present at about 50 nM to about 400 nM or about 50 nM to about 200 nM. In some embodiments, the final concentration of each target-specific primer pair is present at about 200 nM or about 400 nM. In some embodiments, the kit provides amplification of immune repertoire expression sequences from TCR beta, TCR alpha, TCR gamma, TCR delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain gamma, immunoglobulin heavy chain mu, immunoglobulin heavy chain alpha, immunoglobulin heavy chain delta, immunoglobulin heavy chain epsilon, immunoglobulin light chain lambda, or immunoglobulin light chain kappa from a population of nucleic acid molecules in a single reaction chamber. In particular embodiments, a provided kit is a test kit. In some embodiments, the kit further comprises one or more adapters, barcodes, and/or antibodies.

TABLE 2 SEQ Name Sequence ID NO. TRBV_F1 AAAATACCTGGTCACACAGACGGGA   1 TRBV_F2 AAGATACCGGGTTACCCAGTTTGGA   2 TRBV_F3 ACTCAAACTCCAAGACATCTGATCAAAACG   3 TRBV_F4 AGAATCCCAGACACAAGATCACAAA   4 TRBV_F5 AGAGTCCAAGACACAAGATCACAGA   5 TRBV_F6 AGTCCCCAAGACATCTGATCAGAGA   6 TRBV_F7 ATCAATGGCCAGCGACCCTGG   7 TRBV_F8 CCAAAGTCCCACACACCTGATCAAA   8 TRBV_F9 CCCAGACACCAAAATACCTGG   9 TRBV_F10 CTCAACATCCGAGTAGGGTTATCTGTA  10 TRBV_F11 CTCAGTCCCCAAAGTACCTGT  11 TRBV_F12 CTGGAATCACCCAGAGCCC  12 TRBV_F13 CTGGAGTCTCCCACAACCC  13 TRBV_F14 CTGGAGTCTCCCAGAACCC  14 TRBV_F15 CTGGAGTCTCCCAGGACCC  15 TRBV_F16 CTGGAGTCACTCAAACTCCAAGATATCT  16 TRBV_F17 GAAAGCCAGTGACCCTGAGTTG  17 TRBV_F18 CCCAGAGCTCGAGATATCTAGTCAA  18 TRBV_F19 AAAAGCCAAGCAGGGATATCTGTC  19 TRBV_F20 AAAATACCTGGTCACACAGATGGGA  20 TRBV_F21 AAAATTCCACGTCCTGAAGACAGG  21 TRBV_F22 AAAATTCCAGGTCCTGAAGACAGG  22 TRBV_F23 AAAATTCCACATCCTGAAGACAGGAC  23 TRBV_F24 AAAGCACCTGATCACAGCAACTG  24 TRBV_F25 AACATCCGAGCAGGGTTATCTGTA  25 TRBV_F26 AACATCCGAGCTGGGTTATCTGTA  26 TRBV_F27 AACCCAAGATACCTCATCACAGTGAC  27 TRBV_F28 AAGACACAGAATCATTGGGACAGG  28 TRBV_F29 AAGCATGAGGTGACAGAAATGGGA  29 TRBV_F30 AAGGCACAAGGTGACAGAGATG  30 TRBV_F31 AATACCTGGTCACACAGATGGGAA  31 TRBV_F32 AATTCTCAAGACACAGAATCATTGGGACA  32 TRBV_F33 ACAAAGTCCCACACACCTGATCAAA  33 TRBV_F34 ACACAAGGTCACCAACATGGG  34 TRBV_F35 ACACCAAGACACCTGGTCATG  35 TRBV_F36 ACCAACATCTCAGATCCTGGCA  36 TRBV_F37 ACCAGACCCCAAGATACCTTGTTATA  37 TRBV_F38 ACCCCAAGGAATAGGATCACAAAGA  38 TRBV_F39 ACCCCCAGTAACAAGGTCACA  39 TRBV_F40 ACCTAGACTTCTGGTCAAAGCAAGTG  40 TRBV_F41 ACCTAGATTTCTGGTCAAAGCAAATGA  41 TRBV_F42 ACTCCAGGATATTTGGTCAAAGGAAAAGGAA  42 TRBV_F43 AGACACCAAAACACCTGGTCATG  43 TRBV_F44 AGACTATTCATCAATGGCCAGCGA  44 TRBV_F45 AGAGCCCAAGATACAAGATCACAGA  45 TRBV_F46 AGCCACAGCGTAATAGAGAAGGG  46 TRBV_F47 AGGACATTTGGTCAAAGGAAAAGGAC  47 TRBV_F48 AGTCCCCAAGACATCTGATCAAAGA  48 TRBV_F49 AGTCCCTGAGACACAAGGTAGCA  49 TRBV_F50 AGTCTCCCAGATATAAGATTATAGAGAAAAGGC  50 TRBV_F51 AGTCTCCCAGGTACAAAGTCACA  51 TRBV_F52 AGTGGTTCAGTCTCCCAGATATAAGATTATAG  52 TRBV_F53 AGTAACAAGGTCACAGAGAAGGGA  53 TRBV_F54 CAAAATTCCGGGTCCTGAAGACA  54 TRBV_F55 CAAGACACCTGGTCAGGAGGAG  55 TRBV_F56 CAGACTCCAAAACATCTTGTCAGAGG  56 TRBV_F57 CAGCCATCAGGTCACACAGATG  57 TRBV_F58 CCAAGGTACAAAGTCGCAAAGAGG  58 TRBV_F59 CCCAAAATTCCGCATCCTGAAGATA  59 TRBV_F60 CCCAGTCCCCCAGATATAAGATTACA  60 TRBV_F61 CCCTAGGTACAAAGTCGCAAAGAGA  61 TRBV_F62 CGCCATGAGGTGACAGAGATGG  62 TRBV_F63 CGGCACGAGGTGACAGAGATG  63 TRBV_F64 GTCACCCAGGCACAAAGTGACA  64 TRBV_F65 CAAGATATCTGATCAAAACGAGAGGACAG  65 TRBV_F66 CCAAGATATCTGATCAAAACGAGAGGAC  66 TRBV_F67 CTCCAAGATATCTGATCAAAACGAGAGG  67 TRBV_F68 GAGAGGACAGCAAGTGACACTG  68 TRBV_F69 GAGTCACTCAAACTCCAAGATATCTGATCA  69 TRBV_F70 GCTGGAGTCACTCAAACTCCAAG  70 TRBV_F71 GGAGTCACTCAAACTCCAAGATATCTGAT  71 TRBV_F72 GGCTGGAGTCACTCAAACTCC  72 TRBV_F73 CATGGTCATCCAGAACCCAAGATAC  73 TRBV_F74 CCATGGTCATCCAGAACCCAAG  74 TRBV_F75 GATGCCATGGTCATCCAGAACC  75 TRBV_F76 GGAAAGCCAGTGACCCTGAG  76 TRBV_F77 GGTTACCCAGTTTGGAAAGCCA  77 TRBV_F78 GTTTGGAAAGCCAGTGACCCT  78 TRBV_F79 GTTACCCAGTTTGGAAAGCCAGT  79 TRBV_F80 TGCCATGGTCATCCAGAACC  80 TRBV_F81 TTACCCAGTTTGGAAAGCCAGTG  81 TRBV_F82 TTTGGAAAGCCAGTGACCCTG  82 TRBV_F83 AGAGCTCGAGATATCTAGTCAAAAGGAC  83 TRBV_F84 AGCTCGAGATATCTAGTCAAAAGGACG  84 TRBV_F85 CGAGATATCTAGTCAAAAGGACGGGA  85 TRBV_F86 GAAAGTAACCCAGAGCTCGAGATATCTAG  86 TRBV_F87 GATGTGAAAGTAACCCAGAGCTCG  87 TRBV_F88 GTAACCCAGAGCTCGAGATATCTAGTC  88 TRBV_F89 GTGAAAGTAACCCAGAGCTCGAG  89 TRBV_F90 AAAAUACCTGGUCACACAGACGGGA  90 TRBV_F91 AAGATACCGGGUTACCCAGTTUGGA  91 TRBV_F92 ACTCAAACUCCAAGACATCTGAUCAAAACG  92 TRBV_F93 AGAAUCCCAGACACAAGATCACAAA  93 TRBV_F94 AGAGUCCAAGACACAAGATCACAGA  94 TRBV_F95 AGTCCCCAAGACAUCTGAUCAGAGA  95 TRBV_F96 ATCAAUGGCCAGCGACCCUGG  96 TRBV_F97 CCAAAGUCCCACACACCTGAUCAAA  97 TRBV_F98 CCCAGACACCAAAAUACCUGG  98 TRBV_F99 CTCAACATCCGAGUAGGGTTATCTGUA  99 TRBV_F100 CTCAGUCCCCAAAGTACCUGT 100 TRBV_F101 CUGGAAUCACCCAGAGCCC 101 TRBV_F102 CUGGAGTCUCCCACAACCC 102 TRBV_F103 CUGGAGTCUCCCAGAACCC 103 TRBV_F104 CUGGAGTCUCCCAGGACCC 104 TRBV_F105 CTGGAGTCACUCAAACTCCAAGATAUCT 105 TRBV_F106 GAAAGCCAGUGACCCTGAGTUG 106 TRBV_F107 CCCAGAGCUCGAGATATCTAGUCAA 107 TRBV_F108 AAAAGCCAAGCAGGGAUATCTGUC 108 TRBV_F109 AAAATACCTGGUCACACAGAUGGGA 109 TRBV_F110 AAAATUCCACGTCCUGAAGACAGG 110 TRBV_F111 AAAATUCCAGGTCCUGAAGACAGG 111 TRBV_F112 AAAAUTCCACATCCUGAAGACAGGAC 112 TRBV_F113 AAAGCACCTGAUCACAGCAACUG 113 TRBV_F114 AACATCCGAGCAGGGUTATCTGUA 114 TRBV_F115 AACATCCGAGCUGGGTTATCTGUA 115 TRBV_F116 AACCCAAGAUACCTCATCACAGUGAC 116 TRBV_F117 AAGACACAGAAUCATUGGGACAGG 117 TRBV_F118 AAGCATGAGGUGACAGAAAUGGGA 118 TRBV_F119 AAGGCACAAGGUGACAGAGAUG 119 TRBV_F120 AATACCTGGUCACACAGAUGGGAA 120 TRBV_F121 AATTCUCAAGACACAGAATCATUGGGACA 121 TRBV_F122 ACAAAGUCCCACACACCTGAUCAAA 122 TRBV_F123 ACACAAGGUCACCAACAUGGG 123 TRBV_F124 ACACCAAGACACCUGGTCAUG 124 TRBV_F125 ACCAACATCUCAGATCCUGGCA 125 TRBV_F126 ACCAGACCCCAAGAUACCTTGTTAUA 126 TRBV_F127 ACCCCAAGGAAUAGGAUCACAAAGA 127 TRBV_F128 ACCCCCAGUAACAAGGUCACA 128 TRBV_F129 ACCTAGACTTCUGGTCAAAGCAAGUG 129 TRBV_F130 ACCTAGATTTCUGGTCAAAGCAAAUGA 130 TRBV_F131 ACUCCAGGATATTTGGUCAAAGGAAAAGGAA 131 TRBV_F132 AGACACCAAAACACCUGGTCAUG 132 TRBV_F133 AGACUATTCATCAAUGGCCAGCGA 133 TRBV_F134 AGAGCCCAAGAUACAAGAUCACAGA 134 TRBV_F135 AGCCACAGCGUAAUAGAGAAGGG 135 TRBV_F136 AGGACAUTTGGUCAAAGGAAAAGGAC 136 TRBV_F137 AGTCCCCAAGACAUCTGAUCAAAGA 137 TRBV_F138 AGTCCCUGAGACACAAGGUAGCA 138 TRBV_F139 AGTCTCCCAGAUATAAGATTAUAGAGAAAAGGC 139 TRBV_F140 AGTCTCCCAGGUACAAAGUCACA 140 TRBV_F141 AGTGGTTCAGTCUCCCAGATATAAGATTAUAG 141 TRBV_F142 AGUAACAAGGUCACAGAGAAGGGA 142 TRBV_F143 CAAAATUCCGGGTCCUGAAGACA 143 TRBV_F144 CAAGACACCUGGUCAGGAGGAG 144 TRBV_F145 CAGACUCCAAAACATCTTGUCAGAGG 145 TRBV_F146 CAGCCATCAGGUCACACAGAUG 146 TRBV_F147 CCAAGGUACAAAGUCGCAAAGAGG 147 TRBV_F148 CCCAAAATTCCGCAUCCTGAAGAUA 148 TRBV_F149 CCCAGUCCCCCAGATATAAGATUACA 149 TRBV_F150 CCCUAGGTACAAAGUCGCAAAGAGA 150 TRBV_F151 CGCCATGAGGUGACAGAGAUGG 151 TRBV_F152 CGGCACGAGGUGACAGAGAUG 152 TRBV_F153 GUCACCCAGGCACAAAGUGACA 153 TRBV_F154 AGAGUCCAAGACACAAGAUCACAGA 154 TRBV_F155 AGAAUCCCAGACACAAGAUCACAAA 155 TRBV_F156 CUCCAAGATATCTGAUCAAAACGAGAGG 156 TRBV_F157 GAGAGGACAGCAAGUGACACUG 157 TRBV_F158 GAGTCACTCAAACUCCAAGATATCTGAUCA 158 TRBV_F159 GCTGGAGUCACTCAAACUCCAAG 159 TRBV_F160 GGAGTCACTCAAACUCCAAGATATCUGAT 160 TRBV_F161 GGCTGGAGUCACTCAAACUCC 161 TRBV_F162 CATGGTCAUCCAGAACCCAAGAUAC 162 TRBV_F163 CCAUGGTCAUCCAGAACCCAAG 163 TRBV_F164 GATGCCAUGGTCAUCCAGAACC 164 TRBV_F165 GGAAAGCCAGUGACCCUGAG 165 TRBV_F166 GGUTACCCAGTTUGGAAAGCCA 166 TRBV_F167 GTTUGGAAAGCCAGUGACCCT 167 TRBV_F168 GUTACCCAGTTUGGAAAGCCAGT 168 TRBV_F169 TGCCAUGGTCAUCCAGAACC 169 TRBV_F170 TTACCCAGTTUGGAAAGCCAGUG 170 TRBV_F171 TTTGGAAAGCCAGUGACCCUG 171 TRBV_F172 AGAGCUCGAGATATCTAGUCAAAAGGAC 172 TRBV_F173 AGCTCGAGAUATCTAGUCAAAAGGACG 173 TRBV_F174 CGAGAUATCTAGUCAAAAGGACGGGA 174 TRBV_F175 GAAAGTAACCCAGAGCUCGAGATATCUAG 175 TRBV_F176 GATGTGAAAGUAACCCAGAGCUCG 176 TRBV_F177 GTAACCCAGAGCUCGAGATATCTAGUC 177 TRBV_F178 GTGAAAGUAACCCAGAGCUCGAG 178 TRBV_F179 CAAGAUATCTGAUCAAAACGAGAGGACAG 179 TRBV_F180 CCAAGAUATCTGAUCAAAACGAGAGGAC 180

TABLE 3 SEQ Name Sequence ID NO. TRBV_F185 AATCTTCACATCAATTCCCTGGAG 185 TRBV_F186 ACATCCGCTCACCAGGC 186 TRBV_F187 ACCTACACACCCTGCAGC 187 TRBV_F188 AGGCTGGAGTCAGCTGC 188 TRBV_F189 AGGTGCAGCCTGCAGAA 189 TRBV_F190 ATGAATGTGAGCACCTTGGAG 190 TRBV_F191 ATGAATGTGAGTGCCTTGGAG 191 TRBV_F192 CAAGCTGGAGTCAGCTGC 192 TRBV_F193 CATGAGCTCCTTGGAGCTG 193 TRBV_F194 CATTCTGAGTTCTAAGAAGCTCCTC 194 TRBV_F195 CCTGACCCTGAAGTCTGCT 195 TRBV_F196 CCTGAGCTCTCTGGAGCTG 196 TRBV_F197 CTAGACATCCGCTCACCAGGC 197 TRBV_F198 CTCAAGATCCAGCCTGCAAAG 198 TRBV_F199 CTCAAGATCCAGCCTGCAGAG 199 TRBV_F200 CTCACGTTGGCGTCTGCTGTA 200 TRBV_F201 CTCACTCTGGAGTCAGCTACC 201 TRBV_F202 CTCACTCTGGAGTCCGCTACC 202 TRBV_F203 CTCACTCTGGAGTCTGCTGCC 203 TRBV_F204 CTCACTGTGACATCGGCCCAA 204 TRBV_F205 CTGAAGATCCAGCCCTCAGAA 205 TRBV_F206 CTGAAGATCCAGCCTGCAGAG 206 TRBV_F207 CTGAAGATCCGGTCCACAAAG 207 TRBV_F208 CTGAATGTGAACGCCTTGTTG 208 TRBV_F209 CTGAATGTGAACGCCTTGGAG 209 TRBV_F210 CTGACAGTGACCAGTGCCCAT 210 TRBV_F211 CTGACAGTGACCTGTGCCCAT 211 TRBV_F212 CTGACCCTGAAGTCTGCCAGC 212 TRBV_F213 CTGACTGTGAGCAACATGAGC 213 TRBV_F214 CTGAGGATCCAGCAGGTAGTG 214 TRBV_F215 CTGAGGATCCAGCCCATGGAA 215 TRBV_F216 CTGAGGATCCAGCCCTCAGAA 216 TRBV_F217 CTGGCAATCCTGTCCTCAGAA 217 TRBV_F218 CTGGCAATCCTGTCCTCGGAA 218 TRBV_F219 CTGTCCCTAGAGTCTGCCATC 219 TRBV_F220 CTCAAGATCCAGCCAGCAGAG 220 TRBV_F221 CTGAAGATCCATCCCGCAGAG 221 TRBV_F222 CTGAAGATCCAGCGCACACAG 222 TRBV_F223 CTGAAGATCCAGCGCACAGAG 223 TRBV_F224 CTGAAGTTCCAGCGCACACAG 224 TRBV_F225 CTGACGATTCAGCGCACAGAG 225 TRBV_F226 CTGACGATCCAGCGCACA 226 TRBV_F227 CTGACTGTGAGCAACAGGAGA 227 TRBV_F228 CTGATTCTGGAGTCCGCCAGC 228 TRBV_F229 GCCTTGAGATCCAGGCTACG 229 TRBV_F230 GGCTGGAGTTGGCTGCT 230 TRBV_F231 GGTTGGAGTCGGCTGCT 231 TRBV_F232 TCACCTACACGCCCTGC 232 TRBV_F233 TCAGGCTGCTGTCGGCT 233 TRBV_F234 TCAGGCTGGAGTCGGCT 234 TRBV_F235 TCAGGCTGGTGTCGGCT 235 TRBV_F236 TCATCCTGAGTTCTAAGAAGCTCC 236 TRBV_F237 TCCTGAGTTCTAAGAAGCTCCTC 237 TRBV_F238 TCTCAAGATCCAACCTGCAAAG 238 TRBV_F239 TGACCCTGGAGTCTGCC 239 TRBV_F240 TGATCCTGGAGTCGCCC 240 TRBV_F241 TGTGGTCGCACTGCAGC 241 TRBV_F242 TTGGAGATCCAGTCCACGGAG 242 TRBV_F243 TTGGAGATCCAGCGCACAGAG 243 TRBV_F244 CATGAGCTCCTTGGAGCTGG 244 TRBV_F245 AACATGAGCTCCTTGGAGCTG 245 TRBV_F246 GAACATGAGCTCCTTGGAGCTG 246 TRBV_F247 TGAACTGAACATGAGCTCCTTGG 247 TRBV_F248 CTGAACTGAACATGAGCTCCTTGG 248 TRBV_F249 AATCTTCACAUCAATTCCCUGGAG 249 TRBV_F250 ACAUCCGCUCACCAGGC 250 TRBV_F251 ACCUACACACCCUGCAGC 251 TRBV_F252 AGGCUGGAGTCAGCUGC 252 TRBV_F253 AGGUGCAGCCUGCAGAA 253 TRBV_F254 ATGAATGUGAGCACCTUGGAG 254 TRBV_F255 ATGAATGUGAGTGCCTUGGAG 255 TRBV_F256 CAAGCUGGAGTCAGCUGC 256 TRBV_F257 CATGAGCUCCTTGGAGCUG 257 TRBV_F258 CATTCTGAGTTCUAAGAAGCTCCUC 258 TRBV_F259 CCTGACCCUGAAGTCUGCT 259 TRBV_F260 CCTGAGCUCTCTGGAGCUG 260 TRBV_F261 CTAGACAUCCGCUCACCAGGC 261 TRBV_F262 CTCAAGAUCCAGCCUGCAAAG 262 TRBV_F263 CTCAAGAUCCAGCCUGCAGAG 263 TRBV_F264 CTCACGTUGGCGTCTGCTGUA 264 TRBV_F265 CTCACTCUGGAGTCAGCUACC 265 TRBV_F266 CTCACTCUGGAGTCCGCUACC 266 TRBV_F267 CTCACTCUGGAGTCTGCUGCC 267 TRBV_F268 CTCACUGTGACAUCGGCCCAA 268 TRBV_F269 CTGAAGAUCCAGCCCUCAGAA 269 TRBV_F270 CTGAAGAUCCAGCCUGCAGAG 270 TRBV_F271 CTGAAGAUCCGGUCCACAAAG 271 TRBV_F272 CTGAATGUGAACGCCTTGTUG 272 TRBV_F273 CTGAATGUGAACGCCTUGGAG 273 TRBV_F274 CTGACAGUGACCAGUGCCCAT 274 TRBV_F275 CTGACAGUGACCTGUGCCCAT 275 TRBV_F276 CTGACCCUGAAGTCUGCCAGC 276 TRBV_F277 CTGACTGUGAGCAACAUGAGC 277 TRBV_F278 CTGAGGAUCCAGCAGGTAGUG 278 TRBV_F279 CTGAGGAUCCAGCCCAUGGAA 279 TRBV_F280 CTGAGGAUCCAGCCCUCAGAA 280 TRBV_F281 CTGGCAAUCCTGTCCUCAGAA 281 TRBV_F282 CTGGCAAUCCTGTCCUCGGAA 282 TRBV_F283 CTGTCCCUAGAGTCTGCCAUC 283 TRBV_F284 CUCAAGAUCCAGCCAGCAGAG 284 TRBV_F285 CUGAAGATCCAUCCCGCAGAG 285 TRBV_F286 CUGAAGAUCCAGCGCACACAG 286 TRBV_F287 CUGAAGAUCCAGCGCACAGAG 287 TRBV_F288 CUGAAGTUCCAGCGCACACAG 288 TRBV_F289 CUGACGATUCAGCGCACAGAG 289 TRBV_F290 CUGACGAUCCAGCGCACA 290 TRBV_F291 CUGACTGUGAGCAACAGGAGA 291 TRBV_F292 CUGATTCTGGAGUCCGCCAGC 292 TRBV_F293 GCCTTGAGAUCCAGGCUACG 293 TRBV_F294 GGCTGGAGUTGGCUGCT 294 TRBV_F295 GGTTGGAGUCGGCUGCT 295 TRBV_F296 TCACCUACACGCCCUGC 296 TRBV_F297 TCAGGCUGCTGUCGGCT 297 TRBV_F298 TCAGGCUGGAGUCGGCT 298 TRBV_F299 TCAGGCUGGTGUCGGCT 299 TRBV_F300 TCATCCTGAGUTCTAAGAAGCUCC 300 TRBV_F301 TCCTGAGTTCUAAGAAGCTCCUC 301 TRBV_F302 TCTCAAGAUCCAACCUGCAAAG 302 TRBV_F303 TGACCCUGGAGTCUGCC 303 TRBV_F304 TGATCCUGGAGUCGCCC 304 TRBV_F305 TGTGGUCGCACUGCAGC 305 TRBV_F306 TTGGAGAUCCAGUCCACGGAG 306 TRBV_F307 TUGGAGAUCCAGCGCACAGAG 307 TRBV_F308 CATGAGCUCCTTGGAGCUGG 308 TRBV_F309 AACATGAGCUCCTTGGAGCUG 309 TRBV_F310 GAACATGAGCUCCTTGGAGCUG 310 TRBV_F311 TGAACTGAACAUGAGCTCCTUGG 311 TRBV_F312 CTGAACTGAACAUGAGCTCCTUGG 312

TABLE 4 SEQ Name Sequence ID NO. TRBC_R1 CGACCUCGGGUGGGAACAC 181 TRBC_R2 CGACCUTGGGUGGGAACAC 182 TRBC_R3 CGACCTCGGGTGGGAACAC 183 TRBC_R4 CGACCTTGGGTGGGAACAC 184

TABLE 5 SEQ Name Sequence ID NO. TRBJ_R1 AACCAGGAGTCCTCCGC 313 TRBJ_R2 ACGGTCAGCCTAGAGCCTT 314 TRBJ_R3 AGTCTGGTGCCTTGTCCAA 315 TRBJ_R4 CACGGTCAGCCTGCTGC 316 TRBJ_R5 CCCATCACCAAAATGCTGGG 317 TRBJ_R6 CCTGGGCCAAAATACTGCG 318 TRBJ_R7 CGGCCCGAAGTACTGCT 319 TRBJ_R8 CGGCGCCGAAGTACTGA 320 TRBJ_R9 CTGGCCCGAAGAACTGC 321 TRBJ_R10 GAGCCAACTTCCCTCTCCAA 322 TRBJ_R11 GCCTGGTCCCATTCCCAAA 323 TRBJ_R12 GCTGGGTTCCACTGCCAAA 324 TRBJ_R13 TCCCGTTCCCAAAGTGGAG 325 TRBJ_R14 TGACCGTGAGCCTGGTG 326 TRBJ_R15 TGGCCCGAAGTACTGGG 327 TRBJ_R16 TTAACCTGGTCCCCGAACC 328 TRBJ_R17 GACCGTGAGCCTGGTGC 329 TRBJ_R18 CAGGAGCCGCGTGCCTG 330 TRBJ_R19 AGCACTGTCAGCCGGGT 331 TRBJ_R20 CCAGCACGGTCAGCCTG 332 TRBJ_R21 CTAGCACGGTGAGCCGT 333 TRBJ_R22 AGCACTGAGAGCCGGGTC 334 TRBJ_R23 CAGTACGGTCAGCCTAGAGC 335 TRBJ_R24 CCAGAACCAGGAGTCCTCCG 336 TRBJ_R25 CTGTCACAGTGAGCCTGGTC 337 TRBJ_R26 CCAAGACAGAGAGCTGGGTTC 338 TRBJ_R27 CTACAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCC 339 TRBJ_R28 CTAGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCC 340 TRBJ_R29 CTACAACGGTTAACCTGGTCCC 341 TRBJ_R30 CTACAACAGTGAGCCAACTTCCC 342 TRBJ_R31 GTGACCGTGAGCCTGGT 343 TRBJ_R32 TGTGACCGTGAGCCTGG 344 TRBJ_R33 GTGACCGTGAGCCTGGTG 345 TRBJ_R34 TGTGACCGTGAGCCTGGT 346 TRBJ_R35 CTGTGACCGTGAGCCTGG 347 TRBJ_R36 CAGGAGTCCTCCGCCCA 348 TRBJ_R37 ACCAGGAGTCCTCCGCC 349 TRBJ_R38 ACTGAGAGCCGGGTCCC 350 TRBJ_R39 CACTGAGAGCCGGGTCC 351 TRBJ_R40 GCACTGAGAGCCGGGTC 352 TRBJ_R41 GCACGGTCAGCCTGCTG 353 TRBJ_R42 CAGCACGGTCAGCCTGC 354 TRBJ_R43 TAGCACGGTGAGCCGTG 355 TRBJ_R44 CCAGGAGCCGCGTGCCTG 356 TRBJ_R45 AACCAGGAGTCCTCCGCC 357 TRBJ_R46 GAACCAGGAGTCCTCCGC 358 TRBJ_R47 TAGCACGGTGAGCCGTGT 359 TRBJ_R48 ACCAGGAGCCGCGTGCCTG 360 TRBJ_R49 AACGGTTAACCTGGTCCCC 361 TRBJ_R50 AGAACCAGGAGTCCTCCGC 362 TRBJ_R51 CAGAACCAGGAGTCCTCCG 363 TRBJ_R52 TACGGTCAGCCTAGAGCCTT 364 TRBJ_R53 GTACGGTCAGCCTAGAGCCT 365 TRBJ_R54 GGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCCA 366 TRBJ_R55 CAACGGTTAACCTGGTCCCC 367 TRBJ_R56 AGTACGGTCAGCCTAGAGCC 368 TRBJ_R57 AGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCC 369 TRBJ_R58 ACAACGGTTAACCTGGTCCC 370 TRBJ_R59 TGTCACAGTGAGCCTGGTCC 371 TRBJ_R60 CAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCCTT 372 TRBJ_R61 GTACGGTCAGCCTAGAGCCTT 373 TRBJ_R62 GGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCCAT 374 TRBJ_R63 ACAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCCT 375 TRBJ_R64 AGTACGGTCAGCCTAGAGCCT 376 TRBJ_R65 AGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCCA 377 TRBJ_R66 TACAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCC 378 TRBJ_R67 CAAGACAGAGAGCTGGGTTCC 379 TRBJ_R68 TAGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCC 380 TRBJ_R69 TACAACGGTTAACCTGGTCCC 381 TRBJ_R70 ACAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCCTT 382 TRBJ_R71 AAGACAGAGAGCTGGGTTCCAC 383 TRBJ_R72 AGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCCAT 384 TRBJ_R73 ACAACAGTGAGCCAACTTCCCT 385 TRBJ_R74 TACAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCCT 386 TRBJ_R75 CAAGACAGAGAGCTGGGTTCCA 387 TRBJ_R76 TAGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCCA 388 TRBJ_R77 TACAACGGTTAACCTGGTCCCC 389 TRBJ_R78 TACAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCCTT 390 TRBJ_R79 TAGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCCAT 391 TRBJ_R80 TACAACAGTGAGCCAACTTCCCT 392 TRBJ_R81 CTACAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCCT 393 TRBJ_R82 CTAGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCCA 394 TRBJ_R83 CTACAACTGTGAGTCTGGTGCCTT 395 TRBJ_R84 CTAGGATGGAGAGTCGAGTCCCAT 396 TRBJ_R85 CTACAACAGTGAGCCAACTTCCCT 397 TRBJ_R86 AACCAGGAGUCCUCCGC 398 TRBJ_R87 ACGGTCAGCCUAGAGCCUT 399 TRBJ_R88 AGTCTGGUGCCTTGUCCAA 400 TRBJ_R89 CACGGUCAGCCTGCUGC 401 TRBJ_R90 CCCAUCACCAAAATGCUGGG 402 TRBJ_R91 CCUGGGCCAAAATACUGCG 403 TRBJ_R92 CGGCCCGAAGUACUGCT 404 TRBJ_R93 CGGCGCCGAAGUACUGA 405 TRBJ_R94 CUGGCCCGAAGAACUGC 406 TRBJ_R95 GAGCCAACUTCCCTCUCCAA 407 TRBJ_R96 GCCTGGUCCCATUCCCAAA 408 TRBJ_R97 GCTGGGUTCCACUGCCAAA 409 TRBJ_R98 TCCCGTUCCCAAAGUGGAG 410 TRBJ_R99 TGACCGUGAGCCTGGUG 411 TRBJ_R100 TGGCCCGAAGUACUGGG 412 TRBJ_R101 TUAACCTGGUCCCCGAACC 413 TRBJ_R102 GACCGUGAGCCTGGUGC 414 TRBJ_R103 CAGGAGCCGCGUGCCUG 415 TRBJ_R104 AGCACUGUCAGCCGGGT 416 TRBJ_R105 CCAGCACGGUCAGCCUG 417 TRBJ_R106 CUAGCACGGUGAGCCGT 418 TRBJ_R107 AGCACUGAGAGCCGGGUC 419 TRBJ_R108 CAGTACGGUCAGCCUAGAGC 420 TRBJ_R109 CCAGAACCAGGAGUCCUCCG 421 TRBJ_R110 CTGTCACAGUGAGCCTGGUC 422 TRBJ_R111 CCAAGACAGAGAGCUGGGTUC 423 TRBJ_R112 CTACAACTGUGAGTCTGGUGCC 424 TRBJ_R113 CTAGGAUGGAGAGTCGAGUCCC 425 TRBJ_R114 CTACAACGGUTAACCTGGUCCC 426 TRBJ_R115 CTACAACAGUGAGCCAACTUCCC 427 TRBJ_R116 GTGACCGUGAGCCUGGT 428 TRBJ_R117 TGTGACCGUGAGCCUGG 429 TRBJ_R118 GTGACCGUGAGCCTGGUG 430 TRBJ_R119 TGTGACCGUGAGCCUGGT 431 TRBJ_R120 CTGTGACCGUGAGCCUGG 432 TRBJ_R121 CAGGAGUCCUCCGCCCA 433 TRBJ_R122 ACCAGGAGUCCUCCGCC 434 TRBJ_R123 ACUGAGAGCCGGGUCCC 435 TRBJ_R124 CACUGAGAGCCGGGUCC 436 TRBJ_R125 GCACUGAGAGCCGGGUC 437 TRBJ_R126 GCACGGUCAGCCTGCUG 438 TRBJ_R127 CAGCACGGUCAGCCUGC 439 TRBJ_R128 TAGCACGGUGAGCCGUG 440 TRBJ_R129 CCAGGAGCCGCGUGCCUG 441 TRBJ_R130 AACCAGGAGUCCUCCGCC 442 TRBJ_R131 GAACCAGGAGUCCUCCGC 443 TRBJ_R132 TAGCACGGUGAGCCGUGT 444 TRBJ_R133 ACCAGGAGCCGCGUGCCUG 445 TRBJ_R134 AACGGTUAACCTGGUCCCC 446 TRBJ_R135 AGAACCAGGAGUCCUCCGC 447 TRBJ_R136 CAGAACCAGGAGUCCUCCG 448 TRBJ_R137 TACGGTCAGCCUAGAGCCUT 449 TRBJ_R138 GTACGGUCAGCCUAGAGCCT 450 TRBJ_R139 GGATGGAGAGUCGAGUCCCA 451 TRBJ_R140 CAACGGTUAACCTGGUCCCC 452 TRBJ_R141 AGTACGGUCAGCCUAGAGCC 453 TRBJ_R142 AGGATGGAGAGUCGAGUCCC 454 TRBJ_R143 ACAACGGUTAACCTGGUCCC 455 TRBJ_R144 TGTCACAGUGAGCCTGGUCC 456 TRBJ_R145 CAACTGTGAGUCTGGTGCCUT 457 TRBJ_R146 GTACGGUCAGCCTAGAGCCUT 458 TRBJ_R147 GGATGGAGAGUCGAGUCCCAT 459 TRBJ_R148 ACAACTGUGAGTCTGGUGCCT 460 TRBJ_R149 AGTACGGUCAGCCUAGAGCCT 461 TRBJ_R150 AGGATGGAGAGUCGAGUCCCA 462 TRBJ_R151 TACAACTGUGAGTCTGGUGCC 463 TRBJ_R152 CAAGACAGAGAGCUGGGTUCC 464 TRBJ_R153 TAGGAUGGAGAGTCGAGUCCC 465 TRBJ_R154 TACAACGGUTAACCTGGUCCC 466 TRBJ_R155 ACAACTGTGAGUCTGGTGCCUT 467 TRBJ_R156 AAGACAGAGAGCUGGGTUCCAC 468 TRBJ_R157 AGGATGGAGAGUCGAGUCCCAT 469 TRBJ_R158 ACAACAGUGAGCCAACTUCCCT 470 TRBJ_R159 TACAACTGUGAGTCTGGUGCCT 471 TRBJ_R160 CAAGACAGAGAGCUGGGTUCCA 472 TRBJ_R161 TAGGAUGGAGAGTCGAGUCCCA 473 TRBJ_R162 TACAACGGUTAACCTGGUCCCC 474 TRBJ_R163 TACAACTGTGAGUCTGGTGCCUT 475 TRBJ_R164 TAGGAUGGAGAGTCGAGUCCCAT 476 TRBJ_R165 TACAACAGUGAGCCAACTUCCCT 477 TRBJ_R166 CTACAACTGUGAGTCTGGUGCCT 478 TRBJ_R167 CTAGGAUGGAGAGTCGAGUCCCA 479 TRBJ_R168 CTACAACTGTGAGUCTGGTGCCUT 480 TRBJ_R169 CTAGGAUGGAGAGTCGAGUCCCAT 481 TRBJ_R170 CTACAACAGUGAGCCAACTUCCCT 482

TABLE 6 SEQ Name Sequence ID NO. TRBV_F313 AACTATGTTTTGGTATCGTCA 483 TRBV_F314 CACGATGTTCTGGTACCGTCAGCA 484 TRBV_F315 CAGTGTGTCCTGGTACCAACAG 485 TRBV_F316 AACCCTTTATTGGTACCGACA 486 TRBV_F317 ATCCCTTTTTTGGTACCAACAG 487 TRBV_F318 AACCCTTTATTGGTATCAACAG 488 TRBV_F319 CGCTATGTATTGGTACAAGCA 489 TRBV_F320 CTCCCGTTTTCTGGTACAGACAGAC 490 TRBV_F321 CGCTATGTATTGGTATAAACAG 491 TRBV_F322 TTATGTTTACTGGTATCGTAAGAAGC 492 TRBV_F323 CAAAATGTACTGGTATCAACAA 493 TRBV_F324 ATACATGTACTGGTATCGACAAGAC 494 TRBV_F325 GGCCATGTACTGGTATAGACAAG 495 TRBV_F326 GTATATGTCCTGGTATCGACAAGA 496 TRBV_F327 TAACCTTTATTGGTATCGACGTGT 497 TRBV_F328 GGCCATGTACTGGTACCGACA 498 TRBV_F329 TCATGTTTACTGGTATCGGCAG 499 TRBV_F330 TTATGTTTATTGGTATCAACAGAATCA 500 TRBV_F331 CAACCTATACTGGTACCGACA 501 TRBV_F332 TACCCTTTACTGGTACCGGCAG 502 TRBV_F333 ATACTTCTATTGGTACAGACAAATCT 503 TRBV_F334 CACGGTCTACTGGTACCAGCA 504 TRBV_F335 CGTCATGTACTGGTACCAGCA 505

The following description of various exemplary embodiments is exemplary and explanatory only and is not to be construed as limiting or restrictive in any way. Other embodiments, features, objects, and advantages of the present teachings will be apparent from the description and accompanying drawings, and from the claims.

Although the present description described in detail certain exemplary embodiments, other embodiments are also possible and within the scope of the present invention. Variations and modifications will be apparent to those skilled in the art from consideration of the specification and figures and practice of the teachings described in the specification and figures, and the claims.

EXAMPLES

Provided immune repertoire compositions include, without limitation, reagents designed for library preparation and sequencing of expressed TCR beta sequences. Generally, RNAs extracted from samples (e.g., blood samples, tumor samples, (e.g., fresh, frozen, FFPE, of various types)) were reverse transcribed; libraries were generated, templates prepared, e.g., using Ion Chef™ or Ion OneTouch™ 2 System, then prepared templates were sequenced using next generation sequencing technology, e.g., an Ion S5™, an Ion PGM™ System and sequence analysis was performed using Ion Torrent Suite™ software.

Example 1

Total RNA was extracted from samples with the RecoverAll™ Total Nucleic Acid Isolation Kit (Ambion, Inc.), according to manufacturer instructions, then quantified, e.g., using the Qubit™ RNA HS Assay Kit (Thermo Fisher) for quantifying RNA. A total of 100 ng of total RNA was first reverse transcribed to cDNA with SuperScript® VILO™ cDNA Synthesis Kit (Thermo Fisher) according to manufacturer instructions. Prepared cDNA was used in a multiplex polymerase chain reaction to amplify TCR beta V region sequences. Sets of forward and reverse primers selected from Table 2 were used as primer pairs in amplifying TCR beta sequences comprising sequence from the FR1 region to the C region.

In an exemplary reaction, the multiplex primer set included 49 different TCR Beta V gene (TRBV) forward primers SEQ ID NOs: 105, 108-153, 163, and 177, and 2 different TCR Beta C gene (TRBC) reverse primers SEQ ID NOs:181 and 182. In other reactions, the multiplex primer set of 49 different TRBV forward primers included SEQ ID NOs: 107, 108-153, 156, and 164, and the TRBC reverse primers SEQ ID NOs: 181 and 182. In still other reactions, the multiplex primer set included 64 different TRBV forward primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 2 different TRBC reverse primers SEQ ID NOs: 181 and 182. In still other reactions, the multiplex primer set included 64 different TRBV forward primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-92, 95-155 and 2 different TRBC reverse primers SEQ ID NOs: 181 and 182. The set of 64 TRBV forward primers was designed to amplify all known TCR beta V regions in an RNA expression sample.

To a single well of a 96-well PCR plate was added 10 microliters prepared cDNA, 1 microliter of 1 μM TRBV forward primer pool (containing 64 primers), 1 microliter of 1 μM TRBC forward primer pool (containing 2 primers), and 4 microliters of an amplification reaction mixture (5× AmpliSeq HiFi Master Mix) that can include glycerol, dNTPs, and Platinum® Taq High Fidelity DNA Polymerase (Invitrogen, Catalog No. 11304) to a final volume of 20 microliters with DNase/RNase Free water. More typically, the multiplex amplification reaction was performed with each primer present at 200 nM in the reaction.

The PCR plate was sealed and loaded into a thermal cycler (Veriti™ 96-well thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems)) and run on the following temperate profile to generate the amplicon library. An initial holding stage was performed at 99° C. for 2 minutes, followed by about 20 to 30 cycles of denaturing at 99° C. for 15 seconds and an annealing and extending stage at 60° C. for 4 minutes. After cycling, the amplicon library was held at 10° C. until proceeding. Typically, about 20 cycles are used to generate the amplicon library. For some applications, up to 30 cycles can be used.

The amplicon sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding. To the preamplified amplicon library (˜20 microliters), 2 microliters of FuPa reagent was added. The reaction mixture was sealed, mixed thoroughly to ensure uniformity and incubated at 50° C. for 10 minutes, 55° C. for 10 minutes, 60° C. for 20 minutes, then held at 10° C. for up to 1 hour. The sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding.

After incubation, the reaction mixture proceeded directly to a ligation step. Here, the reaction mixture now containing the phosphorylated amplicon library was combined with 2 microliters of Ion Xpress™ Barcode Adapters, 5 μM each (Thermo Fisher), 4 microliters of Switch Solution (sold as a component of the Ion Xpress™ Plus Fragment Library Kit, Thermo Fisher) and 2 microliters of DNA ligase, added last (sold as a component of the Ion Xpress™ Plus Fragment Library Kit, Thermo Fisher), then incubated at the following: 22° C. for 30 minutes, 68° C. for 10 minutes, 72° C. for 10 minutes, then held at 10° C. for up to 1 hour. The sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding.

After the incubation step, 30 microliters (lx sample volume) of room temperature AMPure® XP beads (Beckman Coulter, CA) was added to ligated DNA and the mixture was pipetted thoroughly to mix the bead suspension with the DNA. The mixture was pulse-spin and incubated at room temperature for 5 minutes. Samples underwent another pulse-spin and were placed on a magnetic rack such as a DynaMag™-96 side magnet (Invitrogen, Part No. 12331D) for two minutes. After the solution had cleared, the supernatant was discarded. Without removing the tube from the magnetic rack, 150 microliters of freshly prepared 70% ethanol was introduced into the sample, and incubated while gently rotating the tube on the magnetic rack. After the solution cleared, the supernatant was discarded without disturbing the pellet. A second ethanol wash was performed, the supernatant discarded, and any remaining ethanol was removed by pulse-spinning the tube and carefully removing residual ethanol while not disturbing the pellet. The pellet was air-dried for about 5 minutes at room temperature. The ligated DNA was eluted from the beads in 50 microliters of low TE buffer.

The eluted libraries were quantitated by qPCR using the Ion Library TaqMan® Quantitation Kit (Ion Torrent, Cat. No. 4468802) with a 400 base pair control ladder, according to manufacturer instructions. After quantification, the libraries were diluted to a concentration of 50 picomolar.

The ligated preamplified library (˜20 microliters) was combined with 50 microliters of Platinum® PCR SuperMix High Fidelity (Thermo Fisher, sold as a component of the Ion Fragment Library Kit) and 2 microliters of Library Amplification Primer Mix (sold as a component of the Ion Fragment Library Kit). The solution was applied to a single well of a 96-well PCR plate and sealed. The plate was loaded into a thermal cycler (GeneAmp® PCR system 9700 Dual 96-well thermal cycler (Life Technologies, CA, Part No. N8050200 and 4314445)) and run on the following temperate profile to generate the final amplicon library: hold at 98° C. for 2 minutes, followed by 5 cycles of denaturing at 98° C. for 15 seconds and an annealing and extending stage at 64° C. for 1 minute. After cycling, the final amplicon library was held at 4° C. until proceeding to the final purification step outlined below.

A two-round purification of the final library was carried out. 25 μL (0.5× sample volume) of Agencourt™ AMPure™ XP Reagent was added to each plate well containing ˜50 μL of sample. The bead suspension was pipetted up and down to thoroughly mix the bead suspension with the final amplicon library. The sample was then pulse-spun and incubated for 5 minutes at room temperature. The plate containing the final amplicon library was placed on a magnetic rack such as a DynaMag™-side magnet (Thermo Fisher) for 5 minutes to capture the beads. Once the solution cleared, the supernatant was carefully transferred without disturbing the bead pellet. A second round of purification was carried out, adding 60 microliters (1.2× sample volume) of Agencourt™ AMPure™ XP Reagent was added to each plate well containing sample. The bead suspension was pipetted up and down to thoroughly mix the bead suspension and incubated for 5 minutes at room temperature. The plate containing the final amplicon library was placed on a magnetic rack for 3 minutes to capture the beads. Without removing the plate from the magnetic rack, 150 microliters of freshly prepared 70% ethanol was introduced into the beads containing sample. The sample was incubated for 30 seconds while gently rotating the tube on the magnetic rack. After the solution cleared, the supernatant was discarded without disturbing the pellet. A second ethanol wash was performed and the supernatant discarded. Any remaining ethanol was removed by pulse-spinning the tube and carefully removing residual ethanol while not disturbing the pellet. The pellet was air-dried for about 5 minutes at room temperature.

Once the tube was dry, the tube was removed from the magnetic rack and 50 microliters of Low TE was added (Thermo Fisher), pipetted and vortexed to ensure the sample was mixed thoroughly. The sample was pulse-spin and placed on the magnetic rack for two minutes. After the solution cleared, the supernatant containing the final amplicon library was analyzed using Qubit™ Fluorometer and Qubit™ dsDNA HS Assay Kit according to manufacturer instructions to quantify the library and calculate the dilution factor for template preparation and sequencing. Library was diluted to ˜50 pM for use in template preparation or stored in 1.5-mL Eppendorf LoBind™ tube for long-term storage.

An aliquot of the final library was used in template preparation with either the Ion OneTouch™ 2 System or Ion Chef™ instrument according to the manufacturer's instructions.

Sequencing was performed on either the Ion S5™ System or the Ion PGM™ System according to manufacturer instructions, and TCR beta gene sequence analysis was performed with the Ion Torrent Suite™ software. In addition, the generated sequence data was further subjected to the error identification and removal programs provided herein.

Typically, a TCR beta assay using leukocyte RNA and the multiplex amplification primer set of 49 different TRBV forward primers and 2 different TRBC reverse primers performed as described above and with the error identification and removal program provided herein yielded 6-10 M reads, of which 45-55% were productive.

The set of 64 different TRBV forward primers described above was designed to amplify all of the known TCR beta V regions in an RNA expression sample. Typically, a TCR beta assay using leukocyte RNA and the multiplex amplification primer set of 64 different TRBV forward primers and 2 different TRBC reverse primers performed as described above and with the error identification and removal program provided herein yielded 15-20M reads, of which 60-80% are productive. Use of the larger number of V region primers in the multiplex amplification reaction resulted in an increase in TCR beta productive reads, thereby providing an effective reflection of the TCR beta repertoire for the sample.

Use of single-primer 5′-RACE methodology for preparing RNA from a biological sample for sequencing is presumably best known truth for immune repertoire characterization due to minimal primer bias. Single-primer 5′-RACE also provides complete characterization of CDR 1, 2, 3.

RNA from a peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC) sample was prepared for sequencing using single primer 5′-RACE, the present workflow using the 64 TRBV forward primer and 2 TRBC reverse primer sets, and the BIOMED-2 primer set. The amplified cDNA prepared by each of these methodologies was sequenced and the TCR beta V gene usage was determined. Comparison of the TCR beta V gene coverage obtained using the BIOMED-2 primer set to that obtained using 5′-RACE yielded correlation results in the range of r 0.75-0.80. In contrast, the TCR beta V gene coverage obtained using the current workflow showed very high correlation in replicate (r≈0.90-0.92) when compared to 5′-RACE. See FIGS. 4A and 4B. The current workflow achieves sequence read lengths of about 400 nucleotides and provides complete characterization of CDR 1, 2, and 3 regions of the V-gene.

Following the current workflow described above, ten fresh-frozen tumor infiltrating lymphocyte (TIL) samples taken from non-small cell lung carcinoma biopsy samples were sequenced on a single Ion Torrent S5 530™ chip. Sequencing runs of the samples run in replicates resulted in high concordance between identified clones (95.8%-99.6%), indicating sequencing to adequate depth to reflect sufficient characterization of the repertoire in the samples. Correlation plots depicting results from six of the ten samples are shown in FIG. 5. Depending on the sample type, up to 16 samples can be sequenced on a single Ion Torrent S5 530™ chip. The current workflow can be used as a high throughput immune repertoire profiling method, producing greater than 50,000 clones per sample (depending on the sample type) with a turnaround time of less than 48 hours.

Example 2

T cell repertoires found in circulating leukocytes and in TILs in an individual with squamous cell carcinoma were characterized and compared. Total RNA was extracted from peripheral blood leukocytes (PBL) and from a tumor biopsy obtained from an individual with stage 1B squamous cell carcinoma of the lung. For each sample, cDNA was prepared from 100 ng of total RNA, the cDNA was amplified in a multiplex reaction using the primer set having 64 different TRBV forward primers and 2 different TRBC reverse primers (SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 181-182) with each primer at 200 nM, and sequencing was performed as described in Example 1. The generated sequence data was subjected to the error identification and removal programs provided herein.

Tumor biopsy sequencing revealed 589 unique T cell receptors and an oligoclonal repertoire with a small number of dominating clones (Shannon diversity index: 6.78). PBL sequencing revealed 45,305 unique T cell receptors and a diverse, polyclonal repertoire with few highly expanded T cells (Shannon diversity index: 13.95). About 91.78% of the peripheral blood T cell repertoire was unique to the peripheral blood and about 8.22% was shared with the tumor repertoire. Accordingly, about 8% of T cells in the peripheral blood repertoire were found in TILs in this individual.

The T cell repertoire sequencing results revealed that some T cell clones were enriched in tumor with respect to PBLs. As shown in FIG. 6, 370 clones were unique to the tumor and not found in PBL, while 219 clones were shared between tumor and PBL. The vast majority (45,086) of the clones were unique to PBL and not found in the tumor.

Example 3

The following demonstrates an alternative approach for amplification of an immune receptor repertoire which combines the use of a fusion primer for the constant region with a set of primers for the variable region.

A primer set containing 49 different TRBV forward primers SEQ ID NOs: 108-153, 162, 172, and 179 (see Table 2) was used with 2 different TRBC reverse fusion primers to amplify TCR beta V regions in an RNA sample. One of the TRBC reverse fusion primers contained the TRBC_R3 (SEQ ID NO: 183) primer sequence and the other contained the TRBC_R4 (SEQ ID NO: 184) primer sequence from Table 2. Each fusion primer also contained a barcode sequence and an A-key tagging sequence on the 5′ end. RNA was extracted and cDNA prepared as described in Example 1. To a single well of a 96-well PCR plate was added 10 microliters prepared cDNA, 1 microliter of 1 μM TRBV forward primer pool (containing the 49 primers), 1 microliter of 1 μM TRBC reverse primer pool (containing the 2 fusion primers), and 4 microliters of an amplification reaction mixture (5× AmpliSeq HiFi Master Mix) that can include glycerol, dNTPs, and Platinum® Taq High Fidelity DNA Polymerase (Invitrogen, Catalog No. 11304) to a final volume of 20 microliters with DNase/RNase Free water.

The PCR plate was sealed and loaded into a thermal cycler and cycled as described in Example 1. The amplicon sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding. To the amplified amplicon library (˜20 microliters), 2 microliters of FuPa reagent was added. The reaction mixture was sealed, mixed thoroughly to ensure uniformity and incubated at 50° C. for 10 minutes, 55° C. for 10 minutes, 60° C. for 20 minutes, then held at 10° C. for up to 1 hour. The sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding.

After incubation, 22 microliters of the digested amplicon library was combined with 2 microliters of P1 Adapter, 5 μM (Thermo Fisher), 4 microliters of Switch Solution (sold as a component of the Ion Xpress™ Plus Fragment Library Kit, Thermo Fisher) and 2 microliters of DNA ligase, added last (sold as a component of the Ion Xpress™ Plus Fragment Library Kit, Thermo Fisher), then incubated at the following: 22° C. for 30 minutes, 68° C. for 10 minutes, 72° C. for 10 minutes, then held at 10° C. for up to 1 hour. The sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding.

Purification, quantification, template preparation and sequencing were performed as described in Example 1. For this example, one primer set uses fusion primers which do not undergo adapter ligation following amplification and the other primer set uses primers to which an adapter is ligated following amplification. TCR beta assays were performed with such primer sets on total RNA from Jurkat cells and from PBMC. Sequence read lengths of about 350-375 nucleotides were obtained. Using the error identification and removal program provided herein yielded >90% productive reads for the Jurkat sample and >60% productive reads for the PBMC sample. Generally, performance of this fusion primer workflow assay was equivalent to the performance of the workflow using the 49 TRBV primer set in Example 1.

A primer set containing 64 different TRBV forward primers: either SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 or SEQ ID NOs: 90-92 and 95-155 (see Table 2) is used with 2 different TRBC reverse fusion primers to amplify TCR beta V regions in an RNA sample. One of the TRBC reverse fusion primers contains the TRBC_R3 (SEQ ID NO: 183) primer sequence and the other contains the TRBC_R4 (SEQ ID NO:184) primer sequence from Table 2. Each fusion primer also contains a barcode sequence and an A-key tagging sequence on the 5′ end. RNA is extracted and cDNA is prepared as described in Example 1. To a single well of a 96-well PCR plate is added: 10 microliters prepared cDNA, 1 microliter of 1 μM TRBV forward primer pool (containing the 64 primers), 1 microliter of 1 μM TRBC reverse primer pool (containing the 2 fusion primers), and 4 microliters of an amplification reaction mixture (5× AmpliSeq HiFi Master Mix) that can include glycerol, dNTPs, and Platinum® Taq High Fidelity DNA Polymerase (Invitrogen, Catalog No. 11304) to a final volume of 20 microliters with DNase/RNase Free water.

The PCR plate is sealed and loaded into a thermal cycler and cycled as described in Example 1. The amplicon sample is briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding. To the amplified amplicon library (˜20 microliters), 2 microliters of FuPa reagent is added. The reaction mixture is sealed, mixed thoroughly to ensure uniformity and incubated at 50° C. for 10 minutes, 55° C. for 10 minutes, 60° C. for 20 minutes, then is held at 10° C. for up to 1 hour. The sample is briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding.

After incubation, 22 microliters of the digested amplicon library is combined with 2 microliters of P1 Adapter, 5 μM (Thermo Fisher), 4 microliters of Switch Solution (sold as a component of the Ion Xpress™ Plus Fragment Library Kit, Thermo Fisher) and 2 microliters of DNA ligase, added last (sold as a component of the Ion Xpress™ Plus Fragment Library Kit, Thermo Fisher), then is incubated at the following: 22° C. for 30 minutes, 68° C. for 10 minutes, 72° C. for 10 minutes, then is held at 10° C. for up to 1 hour. The sample is briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding.

Purification, quantification, template preparation and sequencing are performed as described in Example 1. The sequence data set is subjected to the error identification and removal program provided herein. For this example, one primer set uses fusion primers which do not undergo adapter ligation following amplification and the other primer set uses primers to which an adapter is ligated following amplification. TCR beta assays are performed with such primer sets on total RNA from cells, such as T cell lines and/or PBMC.

Example 4

A library of control plasmids was generated to represent a set of TCR beta V genes and used to assess performance of the assays and workflows provided herein. Each control plasmid contained a TCR beta cDNA from a single T cell clone from a lymphoma cell line. TCR beta cDNA from the following cell lines are included in the library of control plasmids: JB6, CML-T1b, ARR, HPB-ALL, H-SB2, KE-37/SKW-3, K-T1a, SU-DHL-1, SUP-T3, TALL-104, TALL-1, MOLT 16/17, MT-1, Karpas 299, MOLT 3/4, HUT 78/H9, RPMI 8402, Peer/Be13, CCRF-CEM, SUP-T1, HUT-102, MOLT 13, P12-Ichikawa, Jurkat, DND-41, K-T1b, PF-382, CML-T1a, DU.528, and Karpas 45. See, for example, Sandberg et al. (2007) Leukemia 21:230, for sequences of exemplary TCR beta cDNA. Each plasmid was amplified individually and sequenced to confirm the detection of a single clonal population.

To assess the limit of detection for the assay and workflow, control libraries were prepared using 10 pooled plasmids or 30 pooled plasmids at single known input concentrations in a background of 100 ng leukocyte cDNA. Plasmid input concentrations ranged from 10 pg to 0.00001 pg (equivalent to 5M copies to about 5 copies).

The control plasmids were linearized (individually or in bulk) or left intact prior to use in the assays. The pooled libraries were amplified in multiplex reactions using the primer set having 64 different TRBV forward primers and 2 different TRBC reverse primers (SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 181-182) with each primer at 200 nM, and sequencing was performed as described in Example 1. The generated sequence data was subjected to the error identification and removal programs provided herein.

Exemplary results for a pool of 10 plasmids at varying concentrations are shown in FIG. 7. Typically, the limit of detection for the control assays ranged from 10 to 50 copies of a control plasmid and the assays demonstrated linearity over 5-6 orders of magnitude of input. Similarly, limit of detection assays with a pool of 30 plasmids at varying concentrations resulted in as little as 5 copies of plasmid detected and assay linearity was observed over five orders of magnitude. Strong linearity in detection of clonal frequencies was also observed in populations of counted T cells.

As shown in FIG. 8, performance of the assay on pools of 30 plasmids at equimolar concentrations resulted in detected plasmid frequencies within one order of magnitude. Also, when the 10 plasmids were mixed at the same concentration, only a 5 fold variation in the observed V-gene (or plasmid) frequency was observed at any single concentration across all plasmids.

Example 5

The following is an examination of validation of provided methods using a control system. For this examination, a TCR beta library was prepared from 10 plasmids (as described in Example 4) pooled at equimolar concentrations. The library was amplified in a multiplex reaction with primers SEQ ID NOs: 90-153 and 181-182 and at 200 nM each according to methods and compositions described in Example 1 and provided herein, sequenced using Ion Torrent sequencing system to a depth of 17.3 M reads using methods and compositions provided herein.

Comparison of Error Correction Methodology.

The sequencing data set was analyzed using the following workflow as well as three academic software packages: IMSEQ (Kuchenbecker et al. (2015) “IMSEQ—A Fast And Error Aware Approach To Immunogenetic Sequence Analysis,” Bioinformatics 31:2963-2971), MiXCR (Bolotin et al. (2015) “MiXCR: Software For Comprehensive Adaptive Immunity Profiling,” Nature Methods 12:380-381), and RTCR (Gerritsen et al. (2016) “RTCR: A Pipeline For Complete And Accurate Recovery Of T Cell Repertoires From High Throughput Sequencing Data,” Bioinformatics 32:3098-3106). The academic packages were run with default setting unless noted otherwise.

Correction Workflow

-   -   1) Identify and exclude chimeric sequences: For each unique CDR3         nucleotide sequence present in the dataset, the number of reads         having that CDR3 nucleotide sequence and any of the possible         variable genes was tallied. Any V gene-CDR3 combination making         up less than 10% of total reads for that CDR3 nucleotide         sequence was flagged as a chimera and eliminated from downstream         analyses.     -   2) Identify and exclude sequences containing simple indel         errors: For each read in the dataset, the homopolymer-collapsed         representation of the CDR3 sequence of that read was obtained.         For each set of reads having the same V gene and collapsed-CDR3         combination, the number of occurrences of each non-collapsed         CDR3 nucleotide sequence was tallied. Any non-collapsed CDR3         sequence making up <10% of total reads for that read set was         flagged as having a simple homopolymer error.     -   3) Identify and exclude singleton reads: For each read in the         dataset, the number of times that the exact read sequence is         found in the dataset was tallied. Reads that appear only once in         the dataset were flagged as singleton reads.     -   4) Identify and exclude truncated reads: For each read in the         dataset, it was determined whether the read possessed an         annotated V gene FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, and FR3 region, as         indicated by the IgBLAST alignment of the read to the IgBLAST         reference V gene set. Reads that did not possess the above         regions were flagged as truncated.     -   5) Identify and exclude rearrangements lacking bidirectional         support: For each read in the dataset, the V gene and CDR3         sequence of the read as well as the strand orientation of the         read (plus or minus strand) were obtained. For each V gene-CDR3         combination in the dataset, the number of plus and minus strand         reads having that V gene-CDR3nt combination was tallied. V         gene-CDR3nt combinations that are only present in reads of one         orientation were deemed to be a spurious. All reads that had a         spurious V gene-CDR3nt combination were flagged as lacking         bidirectional support.     -   6) For genes that were not flagged, stepwise clustering was         performed based on CDR3 nucleotide similarity. The sequences         were separated into groups based on the V gene identity of the         read, excluding allele information (v-gene groups). For each         group:         -   a. Reads in each group were arranged into clusters using             cd-hit-est and the following parameters:             -   cd-hit-est vgene_groups.fa -o                 clustered_vgene_groups.cdhit -T 24 -d 0 -M 100000 -B 0                 -r 0 -g 1 -S 0 -U 2 -uL 0.05 -n 10 -1 7             -   Where vgene_groups.fa is a fasta format file of the CDR3                 nucleotide regions of sequences having the same V gene                 and clustered_vgene_groups.cdhit is the output,                 containing the subdivided sequences.         -   b. Each sequence in a cluster was assigned to the same clone             ID, used to denote that members of the subgroup are believed             to represent the same T cell clone.         -   c. A representative sequence was chosen for each cluster,             such that the representative sequence is the sequence that             appears the greatest number of times, or, in cases of a tie,             is randomly chosen.         -   d. All other reads in the cluster were merged into the             representative sequence such that the number of reads for             the representative sequence increased according to the             number of reads for the merged sequences.         -   e. The representative sequences within a v-gene group were             compared to each other on the basis of hamming distance. If             a representative sequence was within a hamming distance of 1             to a representative sequence that is >50 times more             abundant, that sequence was merged into the more common             representative sequence. If a representative sequence was             within a hamming distance of 2 to a representative sequence             that is >10000 times more abundant, that sequence was merged             into the more common representative sequence.         -   f. Identify complex sequence errors: The representative             sequences within each V gene group was subjected to             homopolymer-collapse and then compared to each other using             Levenshtein distances. If a representative sequence was             within a Levenshtein distance of 1 to a representative             sequence that is >50 times more abundant, that sequence was             merged into the more common representative sequence.         -   g. Identify CDR3 misannotation errors: The representative             sequences within each V gene group was subjected to             homopolymer-collapse, then a pairwise comparison of each             homopolymer-collapsed sequence was performed. For each pair             of sequences, it was determined whether one sequence was a             subset of the other sequence. If so, the less abundant             sequence was merged into the more abundant sequence if the             more abundance sequence was >500 fold more abundant.     -   7) Cluster representatives were reported to user.

A summary of the sequencing analysis of the 10 plasmid pool is presented in FIGS. 3A-3C, including read lengths and classification of the reads as productive, rescued productive, unproductive, and off-target/short using the error identification and correction workflow described above. A comparison of the performance of this workflow (Correction Workflow) to that of MiXCR, IMSEQ, and RTCR packages on the test dataset is presented in Table 7. The Correction Workflow run time can vary from the example shown in Table 7, depending on the dataset being analyzed. In the absence of sequencing and PCR error, 10 clonotypes corresponding to the 10 plasmid sequences should have been identified. The academic packages MiXCR, IMSEQ, and RTCR report many artifactual lineages. In the case of MiXCR, three of the 10 plasmid CDR3 sequences are incorrectly reported (homopolymer errors) although these mistakes are not counted against it in the accuracy metrics in Table 7. IMSEQ was run with parameters—on to report translated clonotypes only. RTCR incorrectly identified the V gene in two cases due to use of an incomplete V gene reference file. Performance of the Correction Workflow described above yielded 12 clonotypes, far fewer than the other packages (by at least an order of magnitude) and far closer to the true number of clonotypes present in the library. Thus, it provided a far lower false positive rate. The presently provided workflow also provided the highest read assignment accuracy.

TABLE 7 CORRECTION WORKFLOW PERFORMANCE METRICS Correction Dataset Metric MiXCR IMSEQ RTCR Workflow 10 plasmids Number of plasmids correctly identified 7 10 10 10 raw bam Total number of clonotypes detected 153 2336 227 12 63830 Total read reported 10,751,394 1,753,226 11,233,604 9,984,353 Percentage of raw reads reported 61.82% 10.08% 64.59%  57.41% Percentage reads correctly assigned   95%   95%   97% 99.9999% Run time (hours) 1.1 1.1 2.5 5.3

Example 6

The combination of targeted gene expression and immune repertoire profiling provides benefits and insights for tumor microenvironment studies and assessment. T cell repertoires were profiled for tumor infiltrating lymphocyte (TIL) samples from a cohort of 19 individuals with non-small cell lung cancer as described in Example 1. Gene expression profiling was also performed with RNA from the TIL samples using the Oncomine™ Immune Response Research Assay (Cat. No. A32881, Thermo Fisher Scientific) and the Ion Torrent™ NGS platform according to manufacture instructions. The TIL T cell repertoire features were then correlated with the immune response gene expression profile. Profiling of T cell repertoires in the lung cancer samples revealed a positive correlation between the number of clones detected in a particular sample and T cell-specific gene expression (e.g., CD4, CD8, CXCL9, CCL7, and MMP-6 genes). T cell clone evenness (i.e., normalized Shannon Entropy) correlated most strongly with expression of myeloid-specific genes and markers for T cell exhaustion and was anti-correlated with IFNG expression.

Example 7

T cell repertoire profiling is useful in monitoring manufacture of therapeutic T cells. T cells were isolated from PBMCs, activated and expanded using Gibco™ CTS™ Dynabeads™ CD3/CD28 magnetic beads and associated reagents and media (Thermo Fisher Scientific) according to manufacture instructions. T cell repertoires were sequenced for the T cells at different time points in the ex vivo process: before isolation (PBMCs), T cells after isolation, T cells after day 3 of incubation (before and after bead removal), and T cells after day 10 of incubation. Exemplary results are shown in Table 8. Sequencing of the T cells during the manufacture process revealed changes to repertoire diversity that coincide with in vitro expansion and allowed for quantification of clonal expansion.

TABLE 8 Nor- malized Shannon Lineages Diversity Sample Library BC Reads Detected Index 1 PBMC pre-isolation 1 3,189,770 12,147 0.88222 CD3 post-isolation 2 3,003,959 30,503 0.911586 CD3 day 3 pre-bead 3 3,177,398 3,752 0.92871 removal CD3 day 3 post-bead 4 2,897,928 2,576 0.93898 removal CD3 cells day 10 5 2,775,353 7,272 0.963997 2 PBMC pre-isolation 6 2,630,313 8,538 0.763292 CD3 post-isolation 7 2,786,937 11,156 0.7671 CD3 day 3 pre-bead 8 2,529,946 3,063 0.832452 removal CD3 day 3 post-bead 9 2,691,294 2,678 0.828859 removal CD3 cells day 10 10 2,955,139 13,172 0.920759

Example 8

The methods and compositions provided herein provide long amplicon multiplex sequencing of rearranged CDR and Framework regions of T cell receptor beta sequences and thus, can be used to identify and characterize novel T cell receptor alleles. Using the method and compositions described in Example 1, cDNA prepared from 85 Caucasian subjects undergoing treatment for melanoma was subjected to multiplex amplification using the 64 TRBV (FR1) forward primers and the 2 TRBC reverse primers and produced amplicons about 330 nucleotides in length. The samples were sequenced in multiplex using Ion Torrent S5 530 chip to produce about 1.5M raw reads per sample. The sequencing data was subjected to the error identification and removal programs provided herein and uploaded to Ion Reporter for clonotyping and identification or rearrangements containing V gene sequences absent from the IMGT database. Putatively novel sequences were compared with those reported in the Lym1k database of alleles recovered from 1000 genomes sequence data and with those reported in the NCBI NR database.

This study resulted in identification of fifteen non-synonymous variants of TRB V gene alleles, absent from the IMGT database, which result in amino acid changes to the CDR or Framework regions of the T cell receptor beta gene. As these alleles were absent from IMGT, they are referred to as non-canonical alleles. The results and variant sequences are presented in Tables 9 and 10, respectively. Typically, a single individual was found to be heterozygous for a variant absent from the IMGT database, though there were two instances of such alleles that were found in multiple individuals within this cohort. Also found were nine novel V gene alleles absent from IMGT that were absent from the Lymk1 database, possibly due to challenges in inferring receptor alleles from short-read population sequencing studies, and absent from the NCBI NR database. Evidence for six of the fifteen variant alleles absent from IMGT was found in either the Lymk1 database or the NCBI NR database. TRB sequencing using multiplex reactions with FR1 and C region targeting primers is well suited for studying the role of T cell receptor diversity in autoimmune disease and the emergence of immune-related adverse events during immunotherapy.

TABLE 9 Location No. of In In of amino individuals Lym1k NCBI NR Allele name acid variant having allele database? database? TRVB11-2_x1 FR3 1 No No TRBV11-3_x1 FR2 18 No Yes TRBV12-4_x1 FR2 1 No No TRBV12-5_x1 FR2 1 No No TRBV19_x1 FR2 1 No No TRBV23-1_x1 FR3 1 No No TRBV24-1_x1 FR2 43 No Yes TRBV5-3_x1 FR2 1 No No TRBV5-8_x1 FR1 17 No No TRBV6-2_x1 FR1, CDR1, 1 No No FR2, CDR2, FR3 TRBV6-5_x1 CDR2 1 No No TRVB11-1_x1 CDR1, FR2/ 1 Yes No CDR2 TRBV30_x1 FR3 1 Yes No TRBV5-5_x1 FR3 2 Yes No TRBV5-6_x1 FR3 4 Yes No

TABLE 10 Allele SEQ Name Allele Sequence ID NO. TRBV11-2_x1 AGAGAAAAGGCAGAGTGTGGCTTTTTGGT 506 GCAATCCTATATCTGGCCATGCTACCCTT TACTGGTACCAGCAGATCCTGGGACAGGG CCCAAAGCTTCTGATTCAGTTTCAGAATA ACGGTGTAGTGGATGATTCACAGTTGCCT AAGGTTCGATTTTCTGCAGAGAGGCTCAA AGGAGTAGACTCCACTCTCAAGATCCAGC CTGCAAAGCTTGAGGACTCGGCCGTGTAT CTCTGT TRBV11-3_x1 CCCAGATATAAGATTATAGAGAAAAAACA 507 GCCTGTGGCTTTTTGGTGCAATCCTATTT CTGGCCACAATACCCTTTACTGGTACCGG CAGAACTTGGGACAGGGCCCGGAGCTTCT GATTCGATATGAGAATGAGGAAGCAGTAG ACGATTCACAGTTGCCTAAGGATCGATTT TCTGCAGAGAGGCTCAAAGGAGTAGACTC CACTCTCAAGATCCAGCCTGCAGAGCTTG GGGACTCGGCCGTGTATCTCTGT TRBV12-4_x1 GACAGAGATGGGACAAGAAGTGACTCTGA 508 GATGTAAACCAATTTCAGGACACGACTAC CTTTTCTGGTACAGACAGACCATGATGCA GGGACTGGAGTTGCTCATTTACTTTAACA ACAACGTTCCGATAGATGATTCAGGGATG CCCGAGGATCGATTCTCAGCTAAGATGCC TAATGCATCATTCTCCACTCTGAAGATCC AGCCCTCAGAACCCAGGGACTCAGCTGTG TACTTCTGT TRBV12-5_x1 GACAGAGATGGGACAAGAAGTAACAATGA 509 GATGTCAGCCAATTTTAGGCCACAATACT GTTTTCTGGTACAGACAGACCATGAAGCA AGGACTGGAGTTGCTGGCTTACTTCCGCA ACCGGGCTCCTCTAGATGATTCGGGGATG CCGAAGGATCGATTCTCAGCAGAGATGCC TGATGCAACTTTAGCCACTCTGAAGATCC AGCCCTCAGAACCCAGGGACTCAGCTGTG TATTTTTGT TRBV19_x1 GTTCAGAAAGGAAGGACAGAATGTGACCC 510 TGAGTTGTGAACAGAATTTGAACCACGAT GCCATGTACTGGTACCAACAGGACCCAGG GCAAGGGCTGAGATTGATCTACTACTCAC AGATAGTAAATGACTTTCAGAAAGGAGAT ATAGCTGAAGGGTACAGCGTCTCTCGGGA GAAGAAGGAATCCTTTCCTCTCACTGTGA CATCGGCCCAAAAGAACCCGACAGCTTTC TATCTCTGT TRBV23-1_x1 CAAAGGAAAAGGACAGAAAACAAAGATGG 511 ATTGTACCCCCGAAAAAGGACATACTTTT GTTTATTGGTATCAACAGAATCAGAATAA AGAGTTTATGCTTTTGATTTCCTTTCAGA ATGAACAAGTTCTTCAAGAAACGGAGATG CACAAGAAGCGATTCTCATCTCAATGCCC CAAGAACGCACCCTGCAGCCTGGCAATCC TGTCCTCAGAACCGGGAGACACGGCACTG CATCTCTGC TRBV24-1_x1 CACAAAGACAGGAAAGAGGATTATGCTGG 512 AATGTTCTCAGACTAAGGGTCATGATAGA ATGTACTGGTATCGACAAGACCCAGGACT GGGCCTACAGTTGATCTATTACTCCTTTG ATGTCAAAGATATAAACAAAGGAGAGATC TCTGATGGATACAGTGTCTCTCGACAGGC ACAGGCTAAATTCTCCCTGTCCCTAGAGT CTGCCATCCCCAACCAGACAGCTCTTTAC TTCTGT TRBV5-3_x1 CAAAACGAGAGGACAGCAAGTGACTCTGA 513 GATGCTCTCCTATCTCTGGGCACAGCAGT GTGTCCTGGTACCAACAGGCCCCGGGTCA GGTGCCCCAGTTTATCTTTGAATATGCTA ATGAGTTAAGGAGATCAGAAGGAAACTTC CCTAATCGATTCTCAGGGCGCCAGTTCCA TGACTGTTGCTCTGAGATGAATGTGAGTG CCTTGGAGCTGGGGGACTCGGCCCTGTAT CTCTGT TRBV5-8_x2 CCCACACACCTGATCAAAACGAGAGGACA 514 GCAAGTGACTCTGAGATGCTCTCCTATCT CTGGGCACACCAGTGTGTACTGGTACCAA CAGGCCCTGGGTCTGGGCCTCCAGTTCCT CCTTTGGTATGACGAGGGTGAAGAGAGAA ACAGAGGAAACTTCCCTCCTAGATTTTCA GGTCGCCAGTTCCCTAATTATAGCTCTGA GCTGAATGTGAATGCCTTGGAGCTGGAGG ACTCGGCCCTGTATCTCTGT TRBV6-2_x1 GAAGACAGGACAGAGCATGACACTGCAGT 515 GTGCCCAGGATATGAACCATAACTCCATG TACTGGTATCGACAAGACCCAGGCATGGG ACTGAGGCTGATTTATTACTCAGCTTCTG AGGGTACCACTGACAAAGGAGAGGTCCCT GATGGCTACAATGTCTCCAGATTAAAAAA ACAGAATTTCCTGCTGGGGTTGGAGTCGG CTGCTCCCTCCCAAACATCTGTGTACTTC TGT TRBV6-5_x1 GAAGACAGGACAGAGCATGACACTGCAGT 516 GTGCCCAGGATATGAACCATGAATACATG TCCTGGTATCGACAAGACCCAGGCATGGG GCTGAGGCTGATTCATTACTCAGTTAGTG CTGGTATCACTGACCAAGGAGAAGTCCCC AATGGCTACAATGTCTCCAGATCAACCAC AGAGGATTTCCCGCTCAGGCTGCTGTCGG CTGCTCCCTCCCAGACATCTGTGTACTTC TGT TRVB11-1_x1 ACAGAGAAAAGCCAGGCTGTGGCTTTTTG 517 GTGTGATCCTATTTCTGGCCGTGCTACCC TTTATTGGTACCGGCAGATCCTGGGACAG GGCCCGGAGCTTCTGGTTCGATTTCAGGA TGAGAGTGTAGTAGATGATTCACAGTTGC CTAAGGATCGATTTTCTGCAGAGAGGCTC AAAGGAGTAGACTCCACTCTCAAGATCCA GCCTGCAGAGCTTGGGGACTCGGCCATGT ATCTCTGT TRBV30_x1 GGCCAGCGACCCTGGTGCAGCCTGTGGGC 518 AGCCCGCTCTCTCTGGAGTGCACTGTGGA GGGAACATCAAACCCCAACCTATACTGGT ACCGACAGGCTGCAGGCAGGGGCCTCCAG CTGCTCTTCTACTCCGTTGGTATTGGCCA GATCAGCTCTGAGGTGCCCCAGAATCTCT CAGCCTCCAGACCCCAGGACCGGCAGTTC ATCCTGAGTTCTAAGAAGCTCCTTCTCAG TGACTCTAGCTTCTATCTCTGT TRBV5-5_x1 CAAAACGAGAGGACAGCAAGTGACTCTGA 519 GATGCTCTCCTATCTCTGGGCACAAGAGT GTGTCCTGGTACCAACAGGTCCTGGGTCA GGGGCCCCAGTTTATCTTTCAGTATTATG AGAAAGAAGAGAGAGGAAGAGGAAACTTC CCTGATCGATTCTCAGCTCGCCAGTTGCC TAACTATAGCTCTGAGCTGAATGTGAACG CCTTGTTGCTGGGGGACTCGGCCCTGTAT CTCTGT TRBV5-6_x1 CAAAACGAGAGGACAGCAAGTGACTCTGA 520 GATGCTCTCCTAAGTCTGGGCATGACACT GTGTCCTGGTACCAACAGGCCCTGGGTCA GGGGCCCCAGTTTATCTTTCAGTATTATG AGGAGGAAGAGAGACAGAGAGGCAACTTC CCTGATCGATTCTCAGGTCACCAGTTCCC TAACTATAGCTCTGAGCTGAATGTGAACG CCTTGTGGCTGGGGGACTCGGCCCTCTAT CTCTGT

Example 9

A total of 50 ng of total RNA from peripheral blood leukocytes was reverse transcribed to cDNA with SuperScript™ IV VILO™ Master Mix (Thermo Fisher Scientific) according to manufacturer instructions. Half the volume of prepared cDNA (25 ng cDNA) was used in multiplex polymerase chain reactions to amplify TCR beta CDR3 domain sequences. In one multiplex PCR, sets of forward and reverse primers selected from Tables 3 and 4 were used as primer pairs in amplifying sequences from the V gene FR3 region to the C gene of TCR beta cDNA. In other multiplex PCR, sets of forward and reverse primers selected from Tables 3 and 5 were used as primer pairs in amplifying sequences from the V gene FR3 region to the J gene of TCR beta cDNA.

In an exemplary V gene FR3-C amplification reaction, the multiplex primer set included 59 different TCR Beta V gene (TRBV) forward primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-307 and 2 different TCR Beta C gene (TRBC) reverse primers SEQ ID NOs: 181 and 182. In an exemplary V gene FR3-J amplification reaction, the multiplex primer set included 59 different TRBV forward primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-307 and 16 different TCR Beta J gene (TRBJ) reverse primers SEQ ID NOs: 398-413.

To a single well of a 96-well PCR plate was added 5 microliters prepared cDNA (25 ng), 2 microliters of 2 μM TRBV (FR3) forward primer pool (containing 59 primers), 2 microliters of 2 μM TRBC reverse primer pool (containing 2 primers), 4 microliters of 5× Ion AmpliSeg™ HiFi Mix (an amplification reaction mixture that can include glycerol, dNTPs, and Platinum® Taq High Fidelity DNA Polymerase (Invitrogen, Catalog No. 11304)), and 7 microliters DNase/RNase free water to bring the final reaction volume to 20 microliters. For the other amplification reaction, 5 microliters of prepared cDNA (25 ng), 2 microliters of 2 μM TRBV (FR3) forward primer pool (containing 59 primers), 2 microliters of 2 μM TRBJ reverse primer pool (containing 16 primers), 4 microliters of 5× Ion AmpliSeq™ HiFi Mix, and 7 microliters DNase/RNase free water to bring the final reaction volume to 20 microliters. These multiplex amplification reactions were performed with each primer present at 200 nM in the reaction.

The PCR plate was sealed, reaction mixtures mixed, and loaded into a thermal cycler (e.g., Veriti™ 96-well thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems)) and run on the following temperature profile to generate the amplicon library. An initial holding stage was performed at 95° C. for 7 minutes, followed by about 20 cycles of a denaturing stage at 95° C. for 30 seconds, an annealing stage at 60° C. for 45 seconds, and an extending stage for 72° C. for 45 seconds. After cycling, a final extension 72° C. for 10 minutes was performed and the amplicon library was held at 10° C. until proceeding. Typically, about 20 cycles are used to generate the amplicon library. For some applications, up to 30 cycles can be used.

The amplicon sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding. To the preamplified amplicon library (˜20 microliters), 2 microliters of FuPa reagent was added. The reaction mixture was sealed, mixed thoroughly to ensure uniformity and incubated at 50° C. for 10 minutes, 55° C. for 10 minutes, 60° C. for 20 minutes, then held at 10° C. for up to 1 hour. The sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding.

After incubation, the reaction mixture proceeded directly to a ligation step. Here, the reaction mixture now containing the phosphorylated amplicon library was combined with 2 microliters of Ion Xpress™ Barcode Adapters, 5 μM each (Thermo Fisher), 4 microliters of Switch Solution (sold as a component of the Ion AmpliSeg™ Library Kit Plus, Thermo Fisher) and 2 microliters of DNA ligase, added last (sold as a component of the Ion AmpliSeg™ Library Kit Plus, Thermo Fisher), then incubated at the following: 22° C. for 30 minutes, 68° C. for 5 minutes, 72° C. for 5 minutes, then held at 10° C. for up to 24 hours. The sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding.

After the incubation step, 45 microliters (1.5× sample volume) of room temperature AMPure® XP beads (Beckman Coulter, CA) was added to ligated DNA and the mixture was pipetted thoroughly to mix the bead suspension with the DNA. The mixture was incubated at room temperature for 5 minutes, placed on a magnetic rack such as a DynaMag™-96 side magnet (Invitrogen, Part No. 12331D) for two minutes. After the solution had cleared, the supernatant was discarded. Without removing the plate from the magnetic rack, 150 microliters of freshly prepared 70% ethanol was introduced into the sample, and incubated while gently rotating the tube on the magnetic rack. After the solution cleared, the supernatant was discarded without disturbing the pellet. A second ethanol wash was performed, the supernatant discarded, and any remaining ethanol was removed by pulse-spinning the tube and carefully removing residual ethanol while not disturbing the pellet. The pellet was air-dried for about 5 minutes at room temperature. The ligated DNA was eluted from the beads in 50 microliters of low TE buffer.

The eluted libraries were quantitated by qPCR using the Ion Library TaqMan® Quantitation Kit (Ion Torrent, Cat. No. 4468802), according to manufacturer instructions. After quantification, the libraries were diluted to a concentration of about 25 picomolar.

An aliquot of the final library was used in template preparation and chip loading using the Ion Chef™ instrument according to the manufacturer's instructions. Sequencing was performed using Ion 530™ chips on the Ion S5™ System according to manufacturer instructions, and TCR beta gene sequence analysis was performed with the Ion Torrent Suite™ software. Sequences generated from use of J gene primers were subjected to a J gene sequence inference process involving adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence, and identifying productive reads, as described herein. In addition, all of the generated sequence data was further subjected to the error identification and removal programs provided herein.

Exemplary results from the TRB FR3-C and FR3-J assays using PBMC RNA as described above are shown in Table 11. Clone Normalized Shannon Entropy describes how “even” clone representation is in the sample; the closer to 1.0, the more evenly sized the clonal populations are. Both the FR3-C and FR3-J panels are similar in this regard.

TABLE 11 Mean Mean Clone Read CDR3 Normalized Length Length % % Off- Clones Shannon % Library Reads (nt) (nt) Productive Target Identified Entropy Unproductive FR3-C 1,227,860 127 37 79.77% 6.86% 43,131 0.946324 13.37% FR3-C 1,070,307 127 37 78.85% 7.79% 33,086 0.944175 13.36% FR3-J 805,492 78 37 75.34% 9.62% 27,247 0.949755 15.04% FR3-J 784,543 78 37 71.90% 13.17% 21,458 0.943137 14.93%

Example 10

Leukocyte cDNA was combined with a pool of 30 T cell receptor beta control plasmids (described in Example 4) and a TCR beta library was prepared using multiplex PCR to amplify TCR beta CDR3 domain sequences in the cDNA/plasmid mix. In the multiplex PCR, sets of forward and reverse primers selected from Tables 3 and 5 were used as primer pairs in amplifying sequences from the V gene FR3 region to the J gene of TCR beta cDNA and plasmid pool. In this exemplary V gene FR3-J amplification reaction, the multiplex primer set included 59 different TRBV forward primers SEQ ID NOs: 249-307 and 14 different TCR Beta J gene (TRBJ) reverse primers SEQ ID NOs: 414-427.

The cDNA was prepared from 50 ng of total RNA from peripheral blood leukocytes by reverse transcription with SuperScript™ IV VILO™ Master Mix (Thermo Fisher Scientific) according to manufacturer instructions. Half the volume of prepared leukocyte cDNA (25 ng cDNA) was combined with the 30 TRB control plasmids pooled at equimolar concentrations (0.01 pg/plasmid). To a single well of a 96-well PCR plate was added 5 microliters prepared cDNA (25 ng), 2 microliters of plasmid pool (0.01 pg/plasmid), 4 microliters of 1 μM Primer Mix (TRBV-FR3 forward primers and TRBJ reverse primers, 1 μM each), 4 microliters of 5× Ion AmpliSeg™ HiFi Mix (Invitrogen, Catalog No. 11304), and 5 microliters DNase/RNase free water to bring the final reaction volume to 20 microliters. The multiplex amplification reaction was performed with each primer present at 200 nM in the reaction.

The PCR plate was sealed, reaction mixtures mixed, and loaded into a thermal cycler (e.g., Veriti™ 96-well thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems)) and run on the following temperature profile to generate the amplicon library. An initial holding stage was performed at 99° C. for 2 minutes, followed by about 20 cycles of a denaturing stage at 98° C. for 15 seconds and an annealing and extending stage at 60° C. for 4 minutes. The amplicon library was held at 10° C. until proceeding.

The amplicon sample was briefly centrifuged to collect contents before proceeding. Amplicon digestion, barcode ligation and further preparation, chip loading, and sequencing was performed as described in Example 9. Sequences generated were subjected to a J gene sequence inference process involving adding the inferred J gene sequence to the sequence read to create an extended sequence read, aligning the extended sequence read to a reference sequence, and identifying productive reads, as described herein. In addition, all of the generated sequence data was further subjected to the error identification and removal programs provided herein.

The leukocyte cDNA+plasmid pool assay yielded >1.45M sequence reads, of which about 81% were productive, about 8% were off-target, and about 11% were unproductive. The mean sequence read length was 92 nucleotides and the mean CDR3 length was 38 nucleotides in length. The number of TCR beta clones identified was 23,075, including the 30 contributed by the control plasmids. The Clone Normalized Shannon Entropy was 0.544705. Performance of the assay on the pool of plasmids resulted in detected plasmid frequencies with only about a 3 fold variation across all 30 plasmids, as shown in FIG. 9 and Table 12.

TABLE 12 Plasmid ID Plasmid Frequency 1 RPMI 8402 0.0354595 2 Jurkat 0.0279832 3 SUP-T3 0.0279173 4 DND-41 0.0274278 5 HUT 102 0.0257855 6 Peer/Be13 0.0253639 7 PF-382 0.0238889 8 MOLT 13 0.0238659 9 H-SB2 0.0233356 10 MT-1 0.0229548 11 HUT 78/H9 0.0227749 12 KE-37/SKW-3 0.0227278 13 SUP-T1 0.0226797 14 Karpas 45 0.022663 15 TALL-1 0.0215112 16 JB6 0.0206033 17 DU.528 0.0201221 18 HPB-ALL 0.0203062 19 P12-Ichikawa 0.0197465 20 CML-T1b 0.0196911 21 CCRF-CEM 0.0192538 22 SU-DHL-1 0.0190269 23 K-T1a 0.0181262 24 CML-T1a 0.0178322 25 MOLT 16/17 0.0174389 26 K-T1b 0.0174117 27 TALL-104 0.0129346 28 MOLT 3/4 0.0118446 29 Karpas 299 0.0116186 30 ARR 0.0094847 

What is claimed is:
 1. A method for amplification of expression nucleic acid sequences of an immune receptor repertoire in a sample, comprising: performing a single multiplex amplification reaction to amplify expressed target immune receptor nucleic acid template molecules using at least one set of: i) (a) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 1 (FR1) within the V gene, (b) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 2 (FR2) within the V gene, or (c) a plurality of V gene primers directed to a majority of different V genes of at least one immune receptor coding sequence comprising at least a portion of framework region 3 (FR3) within the V gene; and ii) (a) one or more C gene primers directed to at least a portion of a C gene of the at least one immune receptor coding sequence, or (b) a plurality of J gene primers directed to at least a portion of a majority of different J genes of the at least one immune receptor coding sequence; wherein each set of i) and ii) primers is directed to coding sequences of the same target immune receptor gene selected from a T cell receptor gene or an antibody receptor gene and wherein performing the amplification using the at least one set of i) and ii) primers results in amplicon molecules representing the target immune receptor repertoire in the sample; thereby generating immune receptor amplicon molecules comprising the target immune receptor repertoire; wherein each of the plurality of V gene primers, the plurality of J gene primers and the one of more C gene primers has the following criteria: (1) includes two or more modified nucleotides having a cleavable group within the primer sequence, at least one of which is included near or at the termini of the primer and at least one of which is included at, or about the center nucleotide position of the primer sequence; (2) length is about 15 to about 40 bases in length; (3) T_(m) of from above 60° C. to about 70° C.; (4) has low cross-reactivity with non-target sequences present in the sample; (5) at least the first four nucleotides (going from 3′ to 5′ direction) are non-complementary to any sequence within any other primer present in the same reaction; and (6) are non-complementary to any consecutive stretch of at least 5 nucleotides within any other produced target amplicon.
 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the at least one set of i) and ii) is i)(a) and ii)(a), wherein the plurality of V gene primers anneal to at least a portion of the FR1 region of the template molecules, and wherein the one or more C gene primers comprises at least two primers that anneal to at least a portion of the C gene portion of the template molecules.
 3. The method of claim 2, wherein the generated immune receptor amplicons are about 300 to about 600 nucleotides in length.
 4. The method of claim 2, wherein the at least one set of i) and ii) is selected from the primers of Table 2 and Table
 4. 5. The method of claim 2, wherein the plurality of V gene primers is about 45 to about 90 different V gene primers.
 6. The method of claim 1, wherein the at least one set of i) and ii) is i)(a) and ii)(b), wherein the plurality of V gene primers anneal to at least a portion of the FR1 region of the template molecules, and wherein the plurality of J gene primers comprises at least ten primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules.
 7. The method of claim 6, wherein the at least one set of i) and ii) is selected from the primers of Table 2 and Table
 5. 8. The method of claim 1, wherein the at least one set of i) and ii) is i)(c) and ii)(a), wherein the plurality of V gene primers anneal to at least a portion of the FR3 region of the template molecules, and wherein the one or more C gene primers comprises at least two primers that anneal to at least a portion of the C gene portion of the template molecules.
 9. The method of claim 8, wherein the at least one set of i) and ii) is selected from the primers of Table 3 and Table
 4. 10. The method of claim 1, wherein the at least one set of i) and ii) is i)(c) and ii)(b), wherein the plurality of V gene primers anneal to at least a portion of the FR3 region of the template molecules, and wherein the plurality of J gene primers comprises at least ten primers that anneal to at least a portion of the J gene portion of the template molecules.
 11. The method of claim 10, wherein the at least one set of i) and ii) is selected from the primers of Table 3 and Table
 5. 